SPS12401 I-5 O'Xings South Umpqua River and OR99 _Shady_ Section RV 02-20-04

Document Sample
SPS12401 I-5 O'Xings South Umpqua River and OR99 _Shady_ Section RV 02-20-04 Powered By Docstoc
					                                  DESCRIPTION OF WORK


                    Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination
                I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
                                     Pacific Hwy. No. 1
                                      Douglas County


                         TIME AND PLACE OF RECEIVING BIDS


Bids for the work described above will be opened and read in Room 122 of the State
Transportation Building in Salem, Oregon, at 9:00 a.m. on the 12th day of February, 2004.
Submit Bids in Room 200, Transportation Building, prior to 8:30 a.m. on the above date.
After 8:30 a.m., deposit Bids in Room 122, or in the bid repository box in the Transportation
Building main lobby.


                                  COMPLETION TIME LIMIT


There are two Contract Times on this Project as follows:

   (1) Complete extension of existing Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert Work to be done
   under the Contract, not later than May 31, 2004.

   (2) Complete all Work to be done under the Contract, except for seeding establishment
   and plant establishment, not later than January 31, 2008.


                                   CLASS OF PROJECT


This is a State (OTIA) Project.


                                     CLASS OF WORK


The Class of Work for this Project is: Bridges and Structures.
                         APPLICABLE SPECIAL PROVISIONS


The Special Provisions booklet applicable to the above-described work, for which Bids will
be opened at the time and place stated above, is that which contains the exact information
as shown above on this page.

Bidders are cautioned against basing their Bids on a booklet bearing any different
description, date(s), class of project, or class or work.
                                  DESCRIPTION OF WORK


                    Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination
                I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
                                     Pacific Hwy. No. 1
                                      Douglas County


                         TIME AND PLACE OF RECEIVING BIDS


Bids for the work described above will be opened and read in Room 122 of the State
Transportation Building in Salem, Oregon, at 9:00 a.m. on the 12th day of February, 2004.


                                  COMPLETION TIME LIMIT


There are two Contract Times on this Project as follows:

   (1) Complete extension of existing Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert Work to be done
   under the Contract, not later than May 31, 2004.

   (2) Complete all Work to be done under the Contract, except for seeding establishment
   and plant establishment, not later than January 31, 2008.


                                   CLASS OF PROJECT


This is a State (OTIA) Project.


                                     CLASS OF WORK


The Class of Work for this Project is: Bridges and Structures.


                                  PROJECT INFORMATION


Information pertaining to this Project may be obtained in the field from the following:

Herb Shaw, David Evans and Associates Inc., 530 Center St. NE, Suite 605, Salem, OR
97301 Phone 503-361-8635
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                        TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS

STATE ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
RAILROAD INSURANCE AND PROTECTIVE LIABILITY AGREEMENT
PROJECT WAGE RATES
WORK TO BE DONE .......................................................................................................... 1
SECTION 00110 - ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND
            DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 3
SECTION 00120 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES ................................ 3
SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ........................................ 4
SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................ 5
SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK ........................................................................... 5
SECTION 00160 - SOURCE OF MATERIALS ...................................................................10
SECTION 00165 - QUALITY OF MATERIALS ...................................................................10
SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................10
SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ......................................................20
SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES .............................................24
SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT ............................................................................................24
SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK ...........................................................26
SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK ........................................26
SECTION 00199 - DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS, AND CLAIMS ..................................26
SECTION 00206 – JOB-SITE FIELD OFFICE ...................................................................27
SECTION 00210 - MOBILIZATION ....................................................................................28
SECTION 00220 - ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PUBLIC TRAFFIC ....................................28
SECTION 00225 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .....................................................31
SECTION 00252 - TEMPORARY WORK BRIDGES ..........................................................36
SECTION 00254 - TEMPORARY WORK ACCESS ...........................................................38
SECTION 00270 - TEMPORARY FENCES .......................................................................39
SECTION 00280 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ...............................................40
SECTION 00290 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ......................................................43
SECTION 00305 - CONSTRUCTION SURVEY WORK .....................................................51
SECTION 00310 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS .......................71
SECTION 00320 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...............................................................71
SECTION 00330 - EARTHWORK ......................................................................................72
SECTION 00335 - BLASTING METHODS AND PROTECTION ........................................74
SECTION 00340 - WATERING ..........................................................................................75
SECTION 00344 - WATER QUALITY SWALES ................................................................75
SECTION 00350 - GEOSYNTHETIC INSTALLATION .......................................................77
SECTION 00390 - RIPRAP PROTECTION ........................................................................77
SECTION 00405 - TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL ..........................78
SECTION 00430 - SUBSURFACE DRAINS.......................................................................78
SECTION 00440 - COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE ...................................................78
SECTION 00442 - CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALS ..................................79
SECTION 00445 - SANITARY, STORM, CULVERT, SIPHON AND IRRIGATION
            PIPE .........................................................................................................79
SECTION 00470 - MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS AND INLETS .......................................79
SECTION 00490 - WORK ON EXISTING SEWERS AND STRUCTURES.........................79
SECTION 00501 - BRIDGE REMOVAL .............................................................................80
SECTION 00510 - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL .....................................82
SECTION 00512 - DRILLED SHAFTS ...............................................................................86
SECTION 00520 - DRIVEN PILES .....................................................................................93


                                                             i
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

SECTION 00530 - STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE .....................................97
SECTION 00535 - RESIN BONDED ANCHOR SYSTEMS ................................................97
SECTION 00540 - CONCRETE BRIDGES ........................................................................98
SECTION 00542 - ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT......................................................... 110
SECTION 00545 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BRIDGE END PANELS ......................... 112
SECTION 00550 - PRECAST PRESTRESSED CONCRETE MEMBERS ....................... 113
SECTION 00555 - POST-TENSIONING .......................................................................... 113
SECTION 00560 - STRUCTURAL STEEL BRIDGES ...................................................... 113
SECTION 561 – BRIDGE HANGER CABLE ASSEMBLIES............................................. 113
SECTION 00581 - BRIDGE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ........................................................ 118
SECTION 00582 - BRIDGE BEARINGS .......................................................................... 119
SECTION 00583 - ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IN STRUCTURES ...................................... 119
SECTION 00585 - EXPANSION JOINTS ......................................................................... 119
SECTION 00587 - BRIDGE RAILS .................................................................................. 120
SECTION 00594 - PREPARING AND COATING STEEL STRUCTURES ....................... 121
SECTION 00595 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS................................... 123
SECTION 00596 - RETAINING WALLS ........................................................................... 123
SECTION 00620 - COLD PLANE PAVEMENT REMOVAL .............................................. 127
SECTION 00641 - AGGREGATE SUBBASE, BASE, AND SHOULDERS ....................... 127
SECTION 00730 - ASPHALT TACK COAT ...................................................................... 128
SECTION 00745 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC) .................................... 128
SECTION 00749 - MISCELLANEOUS ASPHALT CONCRETE STRUCTURES .............. 136
SECTION 00759 - MISCELLANEOUS PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
             STRUCTURES ....................................................................................... 136
SECTION 00810 - METAL GUARDRAIL.......................................................................... 137
SECTION 00820 - CONCRETE BARRIER ...................................................................... 137
SECTION 00840 - DELINEATORS AND MILEPOST MARKER POSTS .......................... 137
SECTION 00850 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR LEGENDS ......................................... 137
SECTION 00860 - PAVEMENT MARKERS ..................................................................... 139
SECTION 00862 - DURABLE PERMANENT PAVEMENT STRIPING ............................. 139
SECTION 00905 - REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING SIGNS ............... 144
SECTION 00910 - WOOD SIGN POSTS ......................................................................... 144
SECTION 00920 - SIGN SUPPORT FOOTINGS ............................................................. 144
SECTION 00930 - METAL SIGN SUPPORTS ................................................................. 145
SECTION 00940 - SIGNS ................................................................................................ 147
SECTION 00950 - REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF HIGHWAY
             ILLUMINATION AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS .............................................. 151
SECTION 00960 - COMMON PROVISIONS FOR HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION
             AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS ....................................................................... 153
SECTION 00970 - HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION ................................................................ 155
SECTION 01030 - SEEDING ........................................................................................... 157
SECTION 01040 - PLANTING ......................................................................................... 160
SECTION 01050 - FENCES............................................................................................. 161
SECTION 02001 - CONCRETE ....................................................................................... 162
SECTION 02010 - PORTLAND CEMENT ........................................................................ 164
SECTION 02030 - MODIFIERS ....................................................................................... 165
SECTION 02050 - CURING MATERIALS ........................................................................ 165
SECTION 02420 - METAL PIPE ...................................................................................... 166
SECTION 02520 - STEEL AND CONCRETE PILES........................................................ 166
SECTION 02530 - STRUCTURAL STEEL ....................................................................... 167
SECTION 02630 - BASE AGGREGATE .......................................................................... 167


                                                            ii
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

SECTION 02690 - PCC AGGREGATE ............................................................................168
SECTION 02910 - SIGN MATERIALS .............................................................................168
SECTION 02920 - HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL
            MATERIALS ...........................................................................................170
BID SCHEDULE




                                                         iii
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                STATE ON-THE-JOB TRAINING SPECIAL PROVISIONS


SECTION 1: ON-THE-JOB TRAINING POLICY STATEMENT

It is the policy of the Oregon Department of Transportation that Contractors shall take all
necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that apprentices/ trainees have the opportunity
to participate on state-funded highway construction projects and to develop as journey-level
workers in the type of trade employed.

SECTION 2: ASSIGNED ON-THE-JOB TRAINING POSITIONS

The number of on-the-job training positions required under these special provisions is five.
The ratio of apprentices to journey-level workers shall be in accordance with the accepted
standards for the particular craft.

Whenever a portion of the contract work is subcontracted, the Contractor shall determine
how many, if any, of the trainees/apprentices are to be trained by the subcontractor. The
Contractor, however, shall retain the responsibility for meeting the training requirements of
these special provisions and shall also ensure that these provisions apply to each
subcontract to which training positions are assigned.

A Contractor's request to substitute an On-the-Job Training position from one craft to
another craft must be approved by the Office of Civil Rights.

SECTION 3: TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

The intent of these provisions is to provide real and meaningful training in the construction
crafts. Training is permissible in the following crafts: equipment operator, carpenter,
cement mason, ironworker, truck driver, electrician and laborer. Training is also permissible
in lower level management positions, such as project engineer and estimator, where
training is oriented toward construction applications and approved by ODOT. Off-site
training is permissible only when it is an integral part of an approved training program and
does not comprise a significant part of the overall training. Training in classifications such
as flagger, bookkeeper, clerk/typist or secretary is not permissible.

The Contractor must have and maintain at all times sufficient equipment and fully trained
journey-level workers to train apprentices/trainees in the work processes and comply with
the provisions of these special provisions. The contractor must have a valid certification as
an approved training agent by an appropriate apprenticeship committee in order to meet
this requirement.

Relatives of the Contractor's management or supervisory personnel shall not be approved
to fill On-the-Job training positions unless the relative is registered in a BOLI-approved
apprenticeship program.

Whenever trainees/apprentices are terminated, the Contractor shall indicate in the
"Termination Data" section of the Apprentice/Trainee Approval Request form the reason for
the termination or voluntary separation.



State OJT                                                                             Page 1
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

SECTION 4: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION

While placement of minorities and females in on-the-job training positions on State-funded
highway construction projects is not a requirement of these provisions, contractors are
encouraged to make systematic and direct recruitment efforts through public and private
sources which are likely to yield minorities and females available for training under this
contract.

SECTION 5: TRAINING/APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAMS

Training under these provisions shall be conducted in accordance with a training program
submitted by the Contractor and approved by ODOT. Contractors and subcontractors on
contracts of eight hundred thousand dollars and over must use apprenticeship programs
approved by and registered with the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries to fulfill training
requirements under these provisions. However, if a BOLI-approved apprenticeship
program does not exist for a craft in which the Contractor proposes to provide training on
this contract, the Contractor must develop and submit a training program to ODOT for
approval. Open shop contractors are not required to utilize union apprenticeship programs
if open shop apprenticeship programs are not available in a particular craft.

Evidence that the Contractor has been approved as a training agent by the Oregon Bureau
of Labor and Industries or has submitted its application to become an approved training
agent must be submitted with the Training Program.

Training Programs and Apprentice/Trainee Approval Requests shall be submitted at the
preconstruction conference. ODOT will track training provided by the Contractor to
apprentices/trainees working under an approved training plan. The Contractor shall
maintain monthly progress reports for all apprentices/trainees working under an approved
training program.

Trainees shall be paid at least 60% of the appropriate minimum journey-level rate specified
in the contract for the first half of the training period, 75% for the third quarter of the training
period, and 90% for the last quarter of the training period, unless apprentices/trainees are
enrolled in a BOLI-registered program. In that case, the appropriate rates approved by the
Department of Labor in connection with the apprenticeship program shall apply to all
trainees/apprentices being trained for the same classification who are covered by this
training special provision.

SECTION 6: REPORTS

The Contractor and each subcontractor providing training under these provisions shall
complete and submit to ODOT the following reports:

       Upon attending preconstruction conference, the appropriate Training Program(s)
        and Apprentice/Trainee Approval Request form(s).
       On a monthly basis, an Apprentice/Trainee Monthly Progress Record for each
        person participating in the On-the-Job Training Program. (The Monthly Progress
        Record routinely sent to the appropriate apprenticeship program may be used in lieu
        of the ODOT Apprentice/Trainee Monthly Progress Record.)



State OJT                                                                                  Page 2
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

      At end of employment, a report of the amount and type of training completed to
       trainee/apprentice, BOLI and ODOT.

All required forms are provided to the Contractor in a preconstruction packet. Contractors
may make additional copies of all forms as necessary.

SECTION 7: MONITORING AND COMPLIANCE

ODOT will monitor the Contractor's actions for compliance with these special provisions.
Actions which will be monitored include:

      Employment of trainees/apprentices as required for this contract.
      Maintenance of the records and submission of the reports required by these
       provisions.
      Actual training provided which is consistent with the approved training program(s).

If the Contractor does not comply with these special provisions, ODOT may withhold
progress payments, suspend the work, or impose other lawful remedies.

SECTION 8: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Measurement - On-the-Job Training. The pay quantity for On-the-Job Training will be
measured by the actual number of hours of training provided, measured to the nearest one-
half hour.

The Contractor will be paid training provided to an employee approved by ODOT and
trained in accordance with an approved training program. Payment may be made for
training persons in excess of the number specified in Section 2, provided the Training
Program and the Apprentice/Trainee Approval Request form have been approved by
ODOT.

Payment for training under these provisions will be made even though the Contractor
receives additional training program funds from other sources, provided such other sources
do not specifically prohibit the Contractor from receiving other reimbursement.
Reimbursement for off-site training will only be made where the Contractor does one or
more of the following and the trainee/apprentice is concurrently employed on a State
project:

      Contributes to the cost of the training,
      Provides the instruction to the trainee/apprentice, or
      Pays the trainee/apprentice's wage during the off-site training period.

Payments made to the Contractor may be recalled if the contractor fails to provide the
required training.

Payment - On-the-Job Training. The item "On-the-Job Training" will be payment in full for
training provided and properly documented, in conformance with these provisions.




State OJT                                                                         Page 3
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

No payment for training will be made until all required documentation (Training Program,
Apprentice/Trainee Approval Request form, and Monthly Progress Record) has been
submitted by the Contractor and approved by ODOT.

The item "On-the-Job Training" is intended to cover the Contractor's additional costs
associated with administering the On-the-Job Training provisions of this contract.




State OJT                                                                       Page 4
RAILROAD INSURANCE AND PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE AGREEMENT
                            (Exhibit C-1)

                                  Agreement Between
                      CENTRAL OREGON PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY
                                AND THE CONTRACTOR

Central Oregon Pacific Railroad Company


Railway File: rx 114.
ODOT Project: I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section.

Gentlemen:

The undersigned, hereinafter referred to as Contractor, has entered into a Contract dated
________________ , 20____, with the ODOT for the performance of certain work in
connection with the project: I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section.

In the performance of which work the Contractor will necessarily be required to conduct
operations within Central Oregon Pacific Railroad Company ("Railway"), right of way and
property ("Railway Property"). The Contract provides that no work shall be commenced
within Railway Property until the Contractor employed in connection with said work for
ODOT shall have executed and delivered to Railway an Agreement, in the form hereof, and
shall have provided insurance of the coverage and limits specified in said Contract and
Section 2 of this Agreement. If this Agreement is executed by other than the Owner,
General Partner, President or Vice President of Contractor, evidence is furnished to you
herewith certifying that the signatory is empowered to execute this Agreement for the
Contractor.

Accordingly, as one of the inducements to and as part of the consideration for Railway
granting permission to Contractor to enter upon Railway Property, Contractor, effective on
the date of said Contract, has agreed and does hereby agree with Railway as follows:

Section 1 - RELEASE OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

Contractor agrees to release Railway from any claims arising from the performance of this
Agreement which Contractor or any of its employees, subcontractors, agents or invitees
could otherwise assert against Railway, regardless of the negligence of Railway, except to
the extent that such claims are proximately caused by the intentional misconduct or gross
negligence of Railway.

Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Railway for all judgments, awards, claims,
demands, and expenses (including attorneys' fees), for injury or death to all persons,
including Railway's and Contractor's officers and employees, and for loss and damage to
property belonging to any person, arising in any manner from Contractor's or any of
Contractor's subcontractors' acts or omissions or failure to perform any obligation
hereunder. THE LIABILITY ASSUMED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED
BY THE FACT, IF IT IS A FACT, THAT THE DESTRUCTION, DAMAGE, DEATH, OR
INJURY WAS OCCASIONED BY OR CONTRIBUTED TO BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF
RAILWAY, ITS AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT TO THE

Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability                                       Page 1
Coverage Agreement (Exhibit C-1)
EXTENT THAT SUCH CLAIMS ARE PROXIMATELY CAUSED BY THE SOLE
NEGLIGENCE OR SOLE WILFUL MISCONDUCT OF RAILWAY.

THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION ASSUMED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE
ANY CLAIMS, SUITS OR JUDGMENTS BROUGHT AGAINST RAILWAY UNDER THE
FEDERAL EMPLOYEE'S LIABILITY ACT, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR STRICT LIABILITY
UNDER THE SAFETY APPLIANCE ACT OR THE BOILER INSPECTION ACT,
WHENEVER SO CLAIMED.

Contractor further agrees, at its expense, in the name and on behalf of Railway, that it shall
adjust and settle all claims made against Railway, and shall, at Railway's discretion, appear
and defend any suits or actions of law or in equity brought against Railway on any claim or
cause of action arising or growing out of or in any manner connected with any liability
assumed by Contractor under this Agreement for which Railway is liable or is alleged to be
liable. Railway shall give notice to Contractor, in writing, of the receipt or dependency of
such claims and thereupon Contractor shall proceed to adjust and handle to a conclusion
such claims, and in the event of a suit being brought against Railway, Railway may forward
summons and complaint or other process in connection therewith to Contractor, and
Contractor, at Railway's discretion, shall defend, adjust, or settle such suits and protect,
indemnify, and save harmless Railway from and against all damages, judgments, decrees,
attorney's fees, costs, and expenses growing out of or resulting from or incident to any such
claims or suits.

It is mutually understood and agreed that the assumption of liabilities and indemnification
provided for in this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 2 - INSURANCE

(a) Before commencing any work under this Agreement, Contractor must provide and
    maintain in effect throughout the term of this Agreement, insurance at Contractor's
    expense, covering all of the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor
    and each of its subcontractors, as described below:

    (1) Commercial General Liability insurance covering liability, including but not limited to
        Public Liability, Personal Injury, Property Damage and Contractual Liability covering
        the obligations assumed by Contractor in Section 1, with coverage of at least
        $2,000,000 per occurrence and $6,000,000 in the aggregate. Where explosion,
        collapse, or underground hazards are involved, the X, C, and U exclusions must be
        removed from the policy. Workers' Compensation coverage as is required by State
        law. THE CERTIFICATE MUST CONTAIN A SPECIFIC WAIVER OF THE
        INSURANCE COMPANY'S SUBROGATION RIGHTS AGAINST CENTRAL
        OREGON PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY.

    (2) Automobile Liability insurance, including bodily injury and property damage, with
        coverage of at least $1,000,000 combined single limit or the equivalent covering any
        and all vehicles owned or hired by the Contractor and used in performing any of the
        services under this agreement.

    (3) Railroad Protective Liability insurance stating Central Oregon Pacific Railroad
        Company is the Named Insured covering all of the liability assumed by the
        Contractor under the provisions of this Agreement with coverage of at least

Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability                                            Page 2
Coverage Agreement (Exhibit C-1)
         $2,000,000 per occurrence and $6,000,000 in the aggregate. Coverage shall be
         issued on a standard ISO form CG 00 35 01 96 and endorsed to include ISO form
         CG 28 31 10 93 and the Limited Seepage and Pollution Endorsement (see attached
         copy).

The average train traffic per 24 hour period on this route is 5 freight trains at a timetable
speed of 32 km/h (20 mph), 0 passenger trains and 0 switch engine movements.

All insurance shall be placed with insurance companies licensed to do business in the
States in which the work is to be performed, and with a current Best's Insurance Guide
Rating of A- and Class VII, or better. In all cases except Workers' Compensation and
Railroad Protective Liability coverage the certificate must specifically state that CENTRAL
OREGON PACIFIC RAILROAD IS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED.

Any coverage afforded Railway, the Certificate Holder, as an Additional Insured shall apply
as primary and not excess to any coverage issued in the name of Railway.

Such insurance shall be approved by the Railway before any work is performed on
Railway's Property and shall be carried until all work required to be performed on or
adjacent to Railway's Property under the terms of the Contract is satisfactorily completed as
determined by ODOT, and thereafter until all tools, equipment and materials not belonging
to the Railway, have been removed from Railway's Property and Railway Property is left in
a clean and presentable condition. The insurance herein required shall be obtained by the
Contractor and Contractor shall furnish Railway with an original certificate of insurance,
signed by the insurance company, or its authorized representative, evidencing the issuance
of insurance coverage as prescribed in (a) 1, 2 and 3 above, plus the original Railroad
Protective Liability insurance policy to:

Mark Wohlers, 333 S.E. Mosher, P.O. Box 1083, Roseburg, OR 97470

The certificate of insurance shall guarantee that the policies will not be amended, altered,
modified or canceled insofar as the coverage contemplated hereunder is concerned,
without at least thirty days notice mailed by registered mail to Railway.

Full compensation for all premiums which the Contractor is required to pay on all             the
insurance described hereinafter shall be considered as included in the prices paid for        the
various items of work to be performed under the Contract, and no additional allowance         will
be made therefor or for additional premiums which may be required by extensions of            the
policies of insurance.

It is further distinctly understood and agreed by the Contractor that its liability to the Railway
herein under Section 1 will not in any way be limited to or affected by the amount of
insurance obtained and carried by the Contractor in connection with said Contract.

The Railway File reference number and ODOT Project information shown at the top of this
Agreement, must appear on any original insurance policies or certificates of insurance sent
to Railway by the Contractor.

Section 3 - The Contractor will observe and comply with all the provisions, obligations and
limitations to be observed by Contractor which are contained in the subdivision of the
specifications of said Contract, entitled RAILROAD RELATIONS AND CONTRACTOR

Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability                                               Page 3
Coverage Agreement (Exhibit C-1)
REQUIREMENTS (Exhibit C), and shall include, but not be limited to, payment of all costs
incurred for any damages to Railway roadbed, tracks, and/or appurtenances thereto,
resulting from use, occupancy, or presence of its employees, representatives, or agents or
subcontractors on or about the construction site.

Section 4 - Contractor shall be responsible to Railway, including its affiliated railway
companies, and its tenants for all damages for any unscheduled delay to a freight or
passenger train that affects Railway's ability to fully utilize its equipment and to meet
customer service and Contract obligations. Contractor will be billed, as further provided
below, for the economic losses arising from loss of use of equipment and train service
employees contractual loss of incentive pay and bonuses, and contractual penalties
resulting from train delays, whether caused by Contractor, or subcontractors, or by the
Railway performing Railway Work as required by the project. Railway agrees that it will not
perform any act to unnecessarily cause train delay.

For loss of use, Contractor will be billed per freight train hour at an average rate of ($385.33
in 1997) with annual adjustments per hour per train as determined from Railway's record.
Any disruption to train traffic may cause delays to multiple trains at the same time for the
same period.

In addition to the above damages, passenger, U.S. mail trains and certain other grain,
intermodal, coal and freight trains operate under incentive/penalty contracts between
Railway and its customer. Under these arrangements, if Railway does not meet its contract
service commitment, Railway may suffer loss of performance or incentive pay or be subject
to a penalty payment. Contractor shall be responsible for any train performance and
incentive penalties or other contractual economic losses actually incurred by Railway which
are attributable to a train delay caused by Contractor, or subcontractors.

As example, a train arrives 30 minutes after its contract service commitments and Railway
is assessed damages per terms of the contract. Either Contractor, and/or subcontractors,
caused a 29 minute delay to the train and therefore are not responsible for any train
performance and incentive penalties or other contractual economic losses actually incurred
by Railway.

As example, a train arrives 30 minutes after its contract service commitments and Railway
is assessed damages per terms of the contract. Either Contractor, and/or subcontractors,
caused a 31 minute delay to the train and therefore are 100% responsible for any train
performance and incentive penalties or other contractual economic losses actually incurred
by Railway.

The contractual relationship between Railway and its customers is proprietary and
confidential. In the event of a train delay covered by this Agreement, Railway will share
information relevant to any train delay to the maximum extent consistent with Railway
confidentiality obligations. Damages for train delay for certain trains could be as high as
$50,000.00 per incident.

Contractor and subcontractors shall plan, schedule, coordinate and conduct all Contractor's
work so as to not cause any delays to any trains.




Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability                                             Page 4
Coverage Agreement (Exhibit C-1)
PRIOR TO ENTRY ON RAILWAY PROPERTY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE
THE ODOT PROJECT MANAGERS' OFFICE WITH A FULLY SIGNED COPY OF THIS
AGREEMENT AND A COPY OF RAILWAY'S INSURANCE APPROVAL.

Kindly acknowledge receipt of this letter by signing and returning to the undersigned two
original copies of this letter, which, upon execution by Railway, shall constitute an
Agreement between us.

Yours truly,


(Contractor)

By


(Title)

Address

City                   State                  Zip


Central Oregon Pacific Railroad Company

By
            Mark A. Wohlers

Accepted this          day of                 , 20




Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability                                      Page 5
Coverage Agreement (Exhibit C-1)
                    LIMITED SEEPAGE AND POLLUTION ENDORSEMENT


In consideration of the premium charged it is understood and agreed that Exclusion f. of
Coverage A. of this Policy shall not apply to the liability of the Insured resulting from
seepage and/or pollution and/or contamination caused solely by:

a) unintended fire, lightning or explosion: or

b) a collision or overturning of a road vehicle: or

c) a collision or overturning or derailment of a train.

Notwithstanding the foregoing it is agreed that the coverage provided by this Endorsement
shall not apply to:

1. loss of, damage to or loss of use of property directly or indirectly resulting from
sub-surface operations of the Insured, and/or removal of, loss of or damage to sub-surface
oil, gas or any other substance;

2. any site or location used in whole or in part for the handling, processing, treatment,
storage, disposal or dumping of any waste materials or substances;

3. the cost of evaluating and/or monitoring and/or controlling seeping and/or polluting
and/or contaminating substances;

4. the cost of removing and/or nullifying and/or cleaning up seeping and/or polluting and
/or contaminating substances on property at any time owned and/or leased and/or rented
by the insured and/or under the control of the Insured.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Item 1 does not apply to tunnels.




Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability                                       Page 6
Coverage Agreement (Exhibit C-1)
                     NON-EMPLOYEE PERSONAL INJURY DATA COLLECTION

  INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE COLLECTED PURSUANT TO FEDERAL REGULATION. IT
   SHOULD BE USED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL REGULATIONS ONLY AND IS NOT
       INTENDED TO PRESUME ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY.


 1. Accident City/St._______________________ Date:.______________ Time:_______________

 2. County:______________________3. Temperature:_________ 4. Weather ________________
    (if non Railway location)

 5. Social Security #______________________________

 6. Name (last, first, mi)____________________________________________________________

 7. Address:Street:_______________________City: _______________St:________Zip:_________

 8. Date of Birth:______________________and/or Age_______Gender:______________________
                                                                    (if available)
 9. (a) Injury:___________________________________(b) Body Part:______________________
      (e.g. (a) Laceration (b) Hand)

10. Description of Accident (To include location, action, result etc.):

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

11.   Treatment:
     First Aid Only
     Required Medical Treatment
     Other Medical Treatment

12. Dr. Name_____________________________________13. Date:________________________

14. Dr. Address:
    Street:_______________________________City:____________________St:____Zip:_______

15. Hospital Name: _______________________________________________________________

16. Hospital Address:
    Street:_______________________________City:____________________St:____Zip:_______

17. Diagnosis:____________________________________________________________________



                           FAX COPY TO RAILWAY AT (541) 957-0686,
                    AND COPY TO RAILWAY ROADMASTER AT (541) 957-0686.



Railroad Insurance and Protective Liability                                     Page 7
Coverage Agreement (Exhibit C-1)
                   OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

                                   SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                          FOR




                   Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination
               I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
                                    Pacific Hwy. No. 1
                                     Douglas County




PREPARED BY

David Evans and Associates, Inc.
530 Center Street NE, Suite 605
Salem, Oregon 97301
Phone 503-361-8635




                                             OREGON DEPARTMENT OF
REVIEWED BY                                  TRANSPORTATION CONCURRENCE

_________________________                    ___________________________, P.E.
Specifications Specialist                    Specifications Manager
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

SPECIAL PROVISIONS


                                           WORK TO BE DONE


The Work to be done under this Contract consists of the following on the I-5 O‟Xing: South
Umpqua River & OR99 (Shady) Section of the Pacific Highway in Douglas County:

    1.  Furnish, Install, maintain, and remove temporary traffic control measures.
    2.  Furnish, install, maintain, and remove temporary illumination system.
    3.  Furnish, Install, maintain, and remove temporary erosion control measures.
    4.  Construction survey work.
    5.  Remove existing man made items.
    6.  Clearing and grubbing work.
    7.  Excavation, ditching, backfilling, embankment construction, grading, and other
        earthwork-moving work.
    8. Construct rock buttress.
    9. Construct maintenance access road.
    10. Construct storm sewer pipe and water quality pond.
    11. Bridge removal work.
    12. Construct S.B. and N.B. I-5 structures over South Umpqua River.
    13. Construct S.B. and N.B. I-5 structures over Highway OR99.
    14. Construct pedestrian-bicycle structure over South Umpqua River.
    15. Construct retaining walls.
    16. Extension of existing R.C.B.C (Cattle Pass).
    17. Construct roadways and ramps, including earthwork, aggregate base, and HMAC.
    18. Construct pedestrian - bike path, including earthwork, aggregate base and HMAC.
    19. Construct metal guardrail including transitions, anchors, and terminals.
    20. Construct concrete barrier, manholes, inlets, and curbs.
    21. Construct Impact attenuator
    22. Construct permanent striping.
    23. Install permanent signing.
    24. Furnish and install permanent illumination.
    25. Perform additional and incidental Work as called for by the Specifications and Plans.


                                    AUTHORITY OF CONSULTANT


The consultant will be directly in charge of the Project. However, his authority on this
Project is as designated in the official "Consultant Agreement" for this Project, and as
designated by the Engineer. This does not include authority to approve contract changes
or semifinal and final inspection of the Project.


                                   APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS


The Specification that is applicable to the Work on this Project is the 2002 edition of the
"Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction".


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   1
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

All number references in these Special Provisions shall be understood to refer to the
Sections and subsections of the Standard Specifications bearing like numbers and to
Sections and subsections contained in these Special Provisions in their entirety.


                                           METRIC PROJECT


Use appropriate metric units for measurements, submittals, shop drawings, calculations,
materials certifications, delivery tickets, and all other documents submitted for Work
performed under this Contract.


                                           CLASS OF PROJECT


This is a State (OTIA) Project.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                             2
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                      SECTION 00110 - ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS,
                            ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS


Comply with Section 00110 of the Standard Specifications.


             SECTION 00120 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES


Comply with Section 00120 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00120.05 Request for Solicitation Documents - Add the following:

The Plans, which are applicable to the Work to be performed under the Contract, bear title
and date as follows:

                       "Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination
                      I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River & OR99 (Shady) Sec.
                                         Pacific Hwy. No. 1
                                          Douglas County
                                          February 2004"

00120.25 Subsurface Investigations - Replace the first two sentences of the first
paragraph with the following:

The Agency or its consultant has conducted subsurface or geologic investigations of the
Project Site, and the results of these investigations are available at the Engineer‟s office.

00120.40(f) Disclosure of First-Tier Subcontractors - In the paragraph that begins "If a
Bidder's Bid on a...", replace "$75,000" with "$100,000" and replace "four working hours"
with "two working hours".

In the second list of bulleted items, under the paragraph that begins "For each
Subcontractor listed...", add the following bullet between the two bullets:

        The dollar amount of the subcontract, and

In the paragraph that begins "Subcontractor Disclosure Forms submitted by...", replace
"four working hours" with "two working hours".

00120.70 Rejection of Nonresponsive Bids - In the bullet that begins "A disclosure of
first-tier Subcontractors...", replace "four working hours" with "two working hours".

Add the following bulleted item:

        The Agency determines that any Pay Item is significantly unbalanced to the
         potential detriment of the Agency.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   3
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Add the following Subsection:

00120.95 Opportunity for Cooperative Arrangement - The Agency intends to offer the
Contractor and its Subcontractors an opportunity to enter into a cooperative arrangement
structured to take advantage of the strengths of each organization. The objective of the
cooperative arrangement is the effective and efficient completion of the Work, on time and
to a standard of quality that will be a source of pride to both the Agency and the Contractor.
Participation in the program is voluntary and is not an evaluation factor for Award. An offer
to participate should not be included in Bid or Proposal materials. An election for a
cooperative arrangement will be included with the Contract Documents to be executed by
the successful Bidder.

It is intended that the cooperative arrangement will result in agreements that will allow the
Contract requirements to be achieved effectively and efficiently by both the Contractor and
the Agency.

The Agency will make all arrangements for the orientation workshop and will bear the costs
of the workshop including meals, facilitator, and workshop materials. The Agency and the
Contractor will bear the salary, transportation, lodging, and other costs of their own
personnel.     The orientation workshop may include key Agency personnel, other
stakeholders, key Contractor personnel and key Subcontractor personnel. Generally,
workshops are limited to about 20 participants. Participants will not be available for other
duties during this period.


                 SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT


Comply with Section 00130 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00130.10 Award of Contract - In the paragraph that begins "The Agency will provide
Notice of…", replace the first sentence with the following:

The Agency will provide Notice of Intent to Award on the Agency's web site at:

    http://www.odot.state.or.us/techserv/progsrv/contract/CCHome.htm




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    4
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK


Comply with Section 00140 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00140.60 Extra Work - Add the following:

Construction items which may be required as Extra Work to complete the Project and which
are not covered by the Special Provisions or listed Pay Items may include, but are not
necessarily limited to, the following:

        Having an Artist design imprints to be applied to selected Bents as shown on the
         Plans. Designs shall be based on Engineer supplied photos or sketches. ODOT
         Region 3 and the Engineer shall approve all imprints designs.

        Preparation of formliners based on the Artist design imprints. Formliner shall be
         furnished to Contractor for use on selected Bents, as specified on the plans.

        Relocation of existing backstop as directed by the Engineer.


                              SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK


Comply with Section 00150 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

Add the following Subsection:

00150.05 Cooperative Arrangements - The Contractor may enter into a voluntary
cooperative arrangement with the Agency for the Work covered by this Contract. Some
elements of this arrangement are described in 00120.95. The Contractor may exercise the
election to enter into a cooperative arrangement by signing and returning the form provided
with the Notice of Award. This form must be returned no later than the time that the
Contractor returns the signed Contract to the Agency.

If the cooperative arrangement alternative is selected:

        Within five calendar days of receipt of the signed form by the Agency, the Contractor
         and the Engineer will identify the key personnel who will participate in the orientation
         workshop.      Key personnel should include key Subcontractors and other
         stakeholders. The Agency will arrange the workshop time and location.

        It is intended that the cooperative arrangement will result in agreements that
         establish an environment of cooperation between parties and will allow the Contract
         requirements to be achieved effectively and efficiently by both the Contractor and
         the Agency.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       5
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        A definitive working arrangement for the Contractor and the Agency will be
         developed and, if agreed at the workshop, committed to writing.

        Either the Contractor or the Agency may withdraw from the cooperative
         arrangement upon written notice to the other. However, no claim or dispute settled
         or change approved during the existence of the cooperative arrangement shall be
         revived.

        The sole remedy for nonperformance of the cooperative arrangement shall be the
         ability to withdraw from the cooperative arrangement as stated in the paragraph
         immediately above.

Add the following Subsection:

00150.15(b)       Agency Responsibilities - Replace this Subsection with the following:

00150.15(b) Agency Responsibilities - The Engineer will perform the responsibilities
described in 00305.04.

00150.15(c)       Contractor Responsibilities - Replace this Subsection with the following:

00150.15(c) Contractor Responsibilities - The             Contractor    shall   perform   the
responsibilities described in 00305.05.

00150.40 Cooperation and Superintendence by Contractor - Add the following:

(c) Use of Consultants - The Contractor is advised that the availability of Agency
personnel on this Project is limited and the Agency may hire consultants to perform some of
its responsibilities for Material testing, Material weighing and checking, and/or surveying.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a written notification that such personnel are
needed a minimum of 72 hours before performing Work requiring Material testing, Material
weighing and checking, and/or surveying. If the Contractor suspends Work for more than
three days on Work items requiring Material testing, Material weighing and checking, and/or
surveying by the Agency, the Contractor shall again provide notice as set forth above.

The Agency will not be responsible for delays occasioned by the Contractor's failure to
provide the required written notice. The Contractor shall provide such notice whether or not
the Agency hires a consultant to perform the required services.

00150.50 Cooperation with Utilities - Add the following Subsection:

(f) Utility Information:

There are no anticipated conflicts with the Utilities listed below. Contact those Utilities
having buried facilities and request that they locate and mark them for their protection prior
to construction.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      6
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         Utility

1. Douglas County
   1036 SE Douglas Street, Rm. 304
   ROSEBURG, OR 97470
   Contact: Dwayne Andry
   Phone: [541]-440-4481
   FAX: [541]-464-6336

    Douglas County owns and maintains utilities within the project limits. Although no
    conflicts have been identified Douglas County shall be notified of the project
    construction, construction schedule, and informed throughout the project duration of any
    activities taking place near their facilities.

2. Qwest Communications (Long-Line Fiber)
   555 17th Street, 9th Floor
   Denver, CO 80202
   Contact: Kim Jordan
   Phone: [800]-283-4237

    Qwest Communications (Long-Line Fiber) owns and maintains utilities within the project
    limits. Although no conflicts have been identified Qwest Communications shall be
    notified of the project construction, construction schedule, and informed throughout the
    project duration of any activities taking place near their facilities.

3. Roberts Creek Water District
   4336 Old Highway 99 S.
   Roseburg, OR 97470
   Contact: Doyle Tankersley
   Phone: 541-679-6321
   FAX: 541-679-7174

    Roberts Creek Water District owns and maintains utilities within the project limits.
    Although no conflicts have been identified Roberts Creek Water District shall be notified
    of the project construction, construction schedule, and informed throughout the project
    duration of any activities taking place near their facilities.

4. Green Sanitary District
   3879 Old Highway 99 S.
   Roseburg, OR 97470
   Contact: Robert Poague
   Phone: [541]-679-7191
   Mobile: [541]-643-1153

    Green Sanitary District owns and maintains utilities within the project limits. Although
    no conflicts have been identified Green Sanitary District shall be notified of the project
    construction, construction schedule, and informed throughout the project duration of any
    activities taking place near their facilities.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    7
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

The following organizations may be adjusting Utilities within the limits of the Project during
the period of the Contract with relocation Work estimated to be completed by the following
dates (times):

    Utility

1. Avista Utilities
   P.O. Box 1520
   Roseburg, Oregon 97470
   Contact: Denny Ford
   Phone: [541]-672-5121
   FAX: [541]-672-5719

    Avista Utilites owns and maintains an existing 4” gas line within OR 99. A portion of the
    gas line between approximately Station SH 42+440 and Station SH 42+580 will require
    relocation in order to make way for the construction of the Shady undercrossing
    abutment. The gas line will be relocated to the southerly side of the roadway outside of
    the excavation limits of the abutment walls. The estimated completion date for
    relocation of this gas line is January 22, 2004.

2. Charter Communications
   89861 Game Farm Road
   Eugene, Oregon 97470
   Contact: Roberta Hogland
   Phone: [866]-731-5420
   Cell: [541]-580-2045

    Charter Communications owns and maintains a fiber optic communication line located
    on utility poles owned by Pacific Power. A utility pole requiring relocation is located at
    approximately Station NB/SB 83+560. The utility pole will need to be relocated prior to
    the construction of the bridge. The estimated completion date for relocation of these
    facilities is January 22, 2004. Charter Communications shall be notified of the project
    construction, construction schedule, and informed throughout the project duration of any
    activities taking place near their facilities.

3. Pacific Power
   4025 Old Highway 99 S.
   Roseburg, OR 97470
   Contact: Jim Cuddy
   [541]-679-3666

    Pacific Power owns and maintains utilities within the project limits. A utility pole
    requiring relocation is located at approximately Station NB/SB 83+560. The utility pole
    will need to be relocated prior to the construction of the bridge. An existing pole in the
    area of the OR 99 interchange will require relocation, additionally there is an existing
    service connection in this area which will require relocation. There is also a need for
    temporary power service connections throughout the project duration. The estimated
    completion date for relocation of Pacific Power‟s facilities is January 22, 2004.
    Coordination with Pacific Power for the temporary service connections will be required
    at various points throughout the project duration. Pacific Power shall be notified of the



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    8
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    project construction, construction schedule, and informed throughout the project
    duration of any activities taking place near their facilities.

4. Qwest Communications (Local)
   2130 NE Airport Road
   Roseburg, OR 97470
   Contact: Anastasia Babb
   Phone: [541]-673-6967

    Qwest Communications (Local) owns and maintains facilities throughout the project
    limits. Utilitiy poles in the area of the I-5 bridge at approximately Station NB/SB 83+520
    will require relocation. The estimated completion date for relocation of these poles is
    January 22, 2004. Qwest also will need to relocate a service line and riser located near
    the cattle crossing at Station NB 82+980 will need to be relocated. This work will take
    place during the project and will require coordination by the contractor.            Qwest
    Communications shall be notified of the project construction, construction schedule, and
    informed throughout the project duration of any activities taking place near their
    facilities.

5. Sprint
   2635 E. Main Street
   Cottage Grove, OR 97424
   Contact: Mike Conely
   Phone: 541-942-0213
   FAX:

    Sprint owns and maintains utilities within the project limits. A concrete encased 4” fiber
    optic communication line is located within OR 99. The conduit is fairly close to the
    proposed undercrossing abutments at approximately Station SH 42+440 to Station SH
    42+580. Sprint shall pothole the conduit prior to excavation of the abutment in order to
    verify the location of the conduit and determine if relocation is necessary.         If it is
    determined through potholing that the conduit will be in conflict with the abutment
    excavations Sprint will require three weeks lead time prior to the abutment excavations in
    order to relocate their utility outside of conflict. The contractor shall be responsible for
    coordinating the potholing and relocation of the conduit if necessary. Sprint shall be
    notified of the project construction, construction schedule, and informed throughout the
    project duration of any activities taking place near their facilities. Sprint has requested
    that a representitive be present during any excavations or other work in the proximity of
    their facilities, the contractor shall notify Sprint 48 hours in advance of any work in the
    proximity of their facilities.

This Project is located within the Oregon Utility Notification Center area which is a Utilities
notification system for notifying owners of Utilities about Work being performed in the
vicinity of their facilities. The Utilities notification system telephone number is 1-800-332-
2344.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       9
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Add the following Subsection:

00150.91 Post-Construction Review - The Contractor or the Engineer may request a
Post-Construction Review meeting, to be held prior to issuance of Second Notification. The
meeting may be held if agreed to by both parties. The party making the request will
conduct the meeting, and will announce the time and place of the meeting at least 15 days
prior to the meeting date. The purpose of this meeting is to examine the Project for
possible process improvements that may benefit future projects.


                            SECTION 00160 - SOURCE OF MATERIALS


Comply with Section 00160 of the Standard Specifications.


                           SECTION 00165 - QUALITY OF MATERIALS


Comply with Section 00165 of the Standard Specifications.


              SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES


Comply with Section 00170 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

Add the following Subsection:

00170.01(e) Railroads - Requirements        concerning   the   Contractor's   relations   with
Railroads are as follows:

               RAILROAD RELATIONS AND CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
                                   (Exhibit C)

1.01 General

    1.01.01 The Contractor shall cooperate with Central Oregon Pacific Railroad
    Company hereinafter referred to as "Railway" where work is over, under, on, or
    adjacent to Railway property and/or right-of-way, hereafter referred to as "Railway
    Property", during the construction of I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99
    (Shady) Section.

    1.01.02 The Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Railway duplicate copies of the
    "Exhibit C-1" Agreement, in the form included near the front of these Special Provisions,
    obligating the Contractor to provide and maintain in full force and effect the insurance
    called for under Section 2 of said "Exhibit C-1".

    1.01.03 The Contractor shall plan, schedule and conduct all work activities so as not to
    interfere with the movement of any trains on Railway Property.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   10
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    1.01.04 The Contractor's right to enter Railway Property is subject to the absolute right
    of Railway to cause the Contractor's work on Railway Property to cease if, in the opinion
    of Railway, the Contractor's activities create a hazard to Railway Property, employees,
    and/or operations.

    1.01.05 The Contractor is responsible for determining and complying with all Federal,
    State and Local Governmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to
    environmental, health and safety. The Contractor shall be responsible for and indemnify
    and save Railway harmless from all fines or penalties imposed or assessed by Federal,
    State and Local Governmental Agencies against the Railway which arise out of the
    Contractor's work under this Agreement.

    1.01.06 The Contractor shall notify Project Manager Ken Stoneman at (503) 361-8635
    and Railway's Roadmaster, telephone number (541) 957-2506, at least thirty working
    days before commencing any work on Railway Property. The Contractors notification to
    Railway, shall refer to Railway's File number RX 1149.

    1.01.07 The Contractor shall furnish the Railway five sets of working drawings showing
    details of construction affecting Railway Property and tracks when:

            Any falsework is above any tracks.
            Any excavations located within 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the nearest track or
             intersecting a slope from the plane of the top of rail on a 1 vertical to 1 1/2
             horizontal slope beginning at 3.35 meters (11 feet) from the centerline of the
             nearest track, both measured perpendicular to the center line of the track.

    The working drawing shall include the proposed method of installation and removal of
    falsework, shoring or cribbing, not included in the Contract plans and two sets of
    structural calculations of any falsework, shoring or cribbing. All calculations shall take
    into consideration Railway surcharge loading and shall be designed to meet American
    Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (previously known as
    American Railway Engineering Association) Coopers E-80 live loading standard. All
    drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a registered professional engineer
    licensed to practice in the state of Oregon. The Contractor shall not begin work until
    notified by the Railway that plans have been approved. The Contractor shall be
    required to use lifting devices such as cranes and/or winches to place or to remove any
    falsework over Railway tracks. In no case shall the Contractor be relieved of
    responsibility for results obtained by the implementation of said approved plans.

    1.01.08 Subject to the movement of Railway's trains, Railway will cooperate with the
    Contractor such that the work may be handled and performed in an efficient manner.
    The Contractor shall have no claim whatsoever for any type of damages or for extra or
    additional compensation in the event his work is delayed by the Railway.

1.02 Agreement

    1.02.01 No employee of the Contractor, its subcontractors, agents or invitees shall
    enter Railway Property without first having attended Railway‟s Contractor Safety
    Orientation session. The Contractor shall ensure that at a minimum its on-site Project
    Supervisor(s) have attended a Safety Orientation conducted by the Railway, or it's
    representative, and that each of its employees, subcontractors, agents or invitees have


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   11
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    received the same Safety Orientation through sessions conducted by or through the
    Contractor before any work is performed on the Project. The Contractor shall give
    Railway a minimum of thirty days' advance notice for scheduling the Safety Orientation.

1.03 Railway Requirements

    1.03.01 The Contractor shall take protective measures as necessary to keep Railway
    facilities, including track ballast, free of sand, debris, and other foreign objects and
    materials resulting from his operations. Any damage to Railway facilities resulting from
    the Contractor's operations will be repaired or replaced by Railway and the cost of such
    repairs or replacement shall be paid for by the Contractor.

    1.03.02 The Contractor shall notify the Railway's Division Superintendent Jim
    Underwood at (541) 957-2506 and provide blasting plans to the Railway for review
    seven calendar days prior to conducting any blasting operations adjacent to or on
    Railway Property.

    1.03.03 The Contractor shall abide by the following clearances during construction:

            7.62 m (25 feet) Horizontally from centerline of nearest track.
            6.86 m (22.5 feet) Vertically above top of rail (Temporary Falsework Clearance
                                may be reduced to 6.55 m (21.5 feet) subject to Railway
                                approval)
            8.23 m (27 feet) Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying less than
                                750 volts
            8.53 m (28 feet) Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying 750 volts
                                to 15,000 volts
            9.14 m (30 feet) Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying 15,000
                                volts to 20,000 volts
            10.36 m (34 feet) Vertically above top of rail for electric wires carrying more
                                than 20,000 volts

    1.03.04 Any infringement within ODOT statutory clearances due to the Contractor's
    operations shall be submitted to the Railway and to ODOT and shall not be undertaken
    until approved in writing by the Railway, and authorized by ODOT for the infringement.
    No extra compensation will be allowed in the event the Contractor's work is delayed
    pending Railway approval, and/or ODOT approval.

    1.03.05 In the case of impaired vertical clearance above top of rail, Railway shall have
    the option of installing tell-tales or other protective devices Railway deems necessary
    for protection of Railway operations. The cost of tell-tales or protective devices shall be
    borne by the Contractor.

    1.03.06 The details of construction affecting the Railway Property and tracks not
    included in the Contract plans shall be submitted to the Railway by ODOT for approval
    before work is undertaken and this work shall not be undertaken until approved by the
    Railway.

    1.03.07 At other than public road crossings, the Contractor shall not move any
    equipment or materials across Railway tracks until permission has been obtained from



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     12
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    the Railway. The Contractor shall obtain a "Temporary Private Crossing Agreement"
    from the Railway prior to moving his equipment or materials across the Railway tracks.
    The temporary crossing shall be gated and locked at all times when not required for use
    by the Contractor. The temporary crossing for use of the Contractor shall be at the
    expense of the Contractor.

    1.03.08 Discharge, release or spill on Railway Property of any hazardous substance in
    excess of a reportable quantity or any hazardous waste is prohibited and the Contractor
    shall immediately notify the Railway's Resource Operations Center at 800-344-8261, of
    any discharge, release or spill. The Contractor shall not allow Railway Property to
    become a treatment or storage facility as those terms are defined in the Resource
    Conservation and Recovery Act or any state analogue.

    1.03.09 The Contractor, upon completion of the work covered by this Contract, shall
    promptly remove from the Railway Property all tools, equipment, implements and other
    materials, whether brought upon the property by the Contractor or any subcontractor,
    employee or agent of the Contractor or of any subcontractor, and shall cause Railway
    Property to be left in a condition acceptable to the Railway representative.

1.04 Contractor Safety Action Plan

    1.04.01 Each Contractor shall develop and implement a Safety Action Plan which shall
    be made available to the Railway prior to commencement of any work on Railway
    Property. During the performance of work, the Contractor shall audit its compliance with
    the Safety Action Plan. The Contractor shall designate an on-site Project Supervisor
    who shall serve as the contact person for the Railway and who shall maintain a copy of
    the Safety Action Plan and subsequent audits at the job site for inspection and review
    by the Railway at any time during the course of the project. The Safety Action Plan shall
    contain, but not be limited to the following:

            Contractor's Employee Safety
            Safety Orientation (Sec 1.02.01)
            Job Briefings (Sec1.06.01 & 1.06.02)
            Personal Protective Equipment ( Sec 1.06.08)
            Protection of Railway Facilities and Railway Flagger Services (Sec 1.03.05 and
             1.05)
            Protection of Contractor Employees working nearer than 7.62 meter (25 feet)
             from any track (Sec 1.06.03)
            Work After Hours (Sec 1.06.04)
            Contractor Employee Training
            Personal Injury Reporting (Sec 1.09)
            Accident Investigation and Analysis
            High Risk Work Areas/Situations
            Notification of Damage to Railway property or hazards that could effect the safe
             operation of trains (Sec 1.06.06)
            Falsework/Shoring affecting the integrity of tracks (Sec 1.01.06)
            Clearances affecting the integrity of train operations (Sec 1.03.03)
            Moving Equipment and Materials across Railway's tracks (Sec 1.03.07)
            Security of Machines, Equipment and Vehicles (Sec 1.06.10)
            Power line Safety (Sec 1.06.12)


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  13
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

            Excavation Safety (Sec 1.07)
            High Risk Employees
            Alcohol and Drug Use (Sec 1.06.05)
            Firearms or Deadly Weapons (Sec 1.06.07)
            Property Damage, Housekeeping and Clean-up (Sec 1.03.01 and 1.03.09)
            Storage of Materials (Sec 1.06.09)
            Facility Auditing
            Compliance with Laws (Sec 1.01.04)
            Hazardous Substances and Materials
            Discharges, Releases and Spills (Sec 1.03.08)
            Hazardous Materials encountered in excavations (Sec 1.08)

1.05 Protection of Railway Facilities and Railway Flagger Services

    1.05.01 The Contractor shall give a minimum of 7 working days notice to Jim
    Underwood the Railway's Roadmaster at (541) 957-2506, in advance of when flagging
    services will be required.

    1.05.02 Railway flagger and/or protective services and devices will be required and
    furnished when the Contractor's work activities are located over, under, or within
    7.62 meters (25 feet) measured horizontally from centerline of the nearest track and
    when cranes or similar equipment positioned outside of 7.62 meters (25 feet)
    horizontally from track centerline that could foul the track in the event of tip over or other
    catastrophic occurrence, but not limited thereto for the following conditions:

         1.05.02a When in the opinion of the Railway representative it is necessary to
         safeguard Railway Property, employees, trains, engines and facilities.

         1.05.02b When any excavation is performed below the bottom of tie elevation, if, in
         the opinion of Railway representative, track or other Railway facilities may be
         subject to movement or settlement.

         1.05.02c When work in any way interferes with the safe operation of trains at
         timetable speeds.

         1.05.02d When any hazard is presented to Railway track, communications, signal,
         electrical, or other facilities either due to persons, material, equipment or blasting in
         the vicinity.

         1.05.02e Special permission shall be obtained from the Railway before moving
         heavy or cumbersome objects or equipment which might result in making the track
         impassable.

    1.05.03 Flagging services shall be performed by qualified Railway flaggers.

         1.05.03a Flagging crew generally consists of one employee. However, additional
         personnel may be required to protect Railway Property and operations, if deemed
         necessary by the Railway representative.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       14
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         1.05.03b Each time a flagger is called, the minimum period for billing shall be the
         eight hour basic day.

         1.05.03c The cost of flagger services provided by the Railway, when deemed
         necessary by the Railway representative, will be borne by ODOT for a period of 240
         calendar days beginning on the date work commences on or near the Railway
         property. The Contractor shall pay to ODOT liquidated damages in the sum of $500
         per day for each day in excess of the above 240 calendar days the Contractor works
         on or near Railway property, and which requires flagging protection of Railway's
         facilities and trains.

1.06 Contractor General Safety Requirements

    1.06.01 Work in the proximity of railway track(s) is potentially hazardous where
    movement of trains and equipment can occur at any time and in any direction. All work
    performed by the Contractor within 7.62 meters (25 feet) of any track shall be in
    compliance with FRA Roadway Worker Protection Regulations.

    1.06.02 Before beginning any task on Railway Property, a thorough job safety briefing
    shall be conducted with all personnel involved with the task and repeated when the
    personnel or task changes. If the task is within 7.62 meters (25 feet) of any track, the
    job briefing must include the Railway's flagger and include the procedures the
    Contractor will use to protect its employees, subcontractors, agents or invitees from
    moving any equipment adjacent to or across any Railway track(s).

    1.06.03 Workers shall not work nearer than 7.62 meters (25 feet) to the centerline of
    any track without proper flag/work protection provided by the Railway, unless the track
    is protected by track bulletin and work has been authorized by the Railway. If flag/work
    protection is provided, every Contractor employee must know:

         (1)   who the Railway flagger is, and how to contact the flagger,
         (2)   limits of the flag/work protection,
         (3)   the method of communication to stop and resume work and,
         (4)   entry into flag/work limits when designated.

    Workers or workers with equipment entering flag/work limits that were not previously job
    briefed, shall notify the flagger immediately, and be given a job briefing if working at less
    than 7.62 meters (25 feet) from center line of track.

    1.06.04 When Contractor employees are required to work on the Railway Property after
    normal working hours or on weekends, the Railway representative in charge of the
    project shall be notified. A minimum of two employees shall be present at all times.

    1.06.05 Any Contractor employee, subcontractors employee, agents or invitees under
    suspicion of being under the influence of drugs or alcohol, or in the possession of same,
    will be removed from the Railway Property and subsequently released to the custody of
    a representative of Contractor management. Future access to the Railway Property by
    that employee will be denied.

    1.06.06 Any damage to Railway Property, or any hazard noticed on passing trains,
    shall be reported immediately to the Railway representative in charge of the project.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      15
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    Any vehicle or machine which may come in contact with a track, signal equipment, or
    structure (bridge) could result in a train derailment and shall be reported by the quickest
    means possible to the Railway representative in charge of the project and to the
    Railway's Resource Operations Center at 800-344-8261. Local emergency numbers are
    to be obtained from the Railway representative in charge of the project prior to the start
    of any work and shall be posted at the job site.

    1.06.07 All persons are prohibited from having a pocket knife with blade in excess of
    76 mm (3 inches), firearms or other deadly weapons in their possession while working
    on Railway Property.

    1.06.08 All personnel protective equipment used on Railway Property shall meet
    applicable OSHA and ANSI specifications. Railway personnel protective equipment
    requirements are:

         a)   safety glasses: permanently affixed side shields; no yellow lenses,
         b)   hard hats with high visibility orange cover,
         c)   safety shoes: hardened toe, above-the-ankle lace-up with a defined heel and,
         d)   high visibility retro-reflective orange vests are required as specified by the
              Railway representative in charge of the project.

    Hearing protection, fall protection and respirators shall be worn as required by State
    and Federal regulations.

    1.06.09 The Contractor shall not pile or store any materials, machinery or equipment
    closer than 7.62 meters (25 feet) to the center line of the nearest Railway track. At
    highway/rail at-grade crossings, materials, machinery or equipment shall not be stored
    or left temporarily which interfere with the sight distances of motorists approaching the
    crossing. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall establish a storage area with
    concurrence of the Railway representative.

    1.06.10 Machines or vehicles shall not be left unattended with the engine running.
    Parked machines or equipment shall be in gear with brakes set. Lower all blades, pans
    or buckets to the ground. All machinery and equipment left unattended on Railway
    Property shall be left inoperable and secured against movement.

    1.06.11 Workers shall not create and leave any conditions at the work site that would
    interfere with water drainage. Any work performed over water shall meet all Federal,
    State and Local regulations.

    1.06.12 All power line wires must be considered dangerous and of high voltage unless
    the Contractor is informed to the contrary by proper authority. For all power lines, the
    minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the equipment or load shall be:

             4.57 m (15 feet)      For 200 KV or under.
             6.10 m (20 feet)      For 200 to 350 KV.
             7.62 m (25 feet)      For 350 to 500 KV.
             10.67 m (35 feet)     For 500 to 750 KV.
             13.72 m (45 feet)     For 750 to 1000KV or if capacity of the line is not known.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                         16
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    A person shall be designated to observe clearance of the equipment and give a timely
    warning for all operations where it is difficult for an operator to maintain the desired
    clearance by visual means.

1.07 Excavation

    1.07.01 Before excavating, it shall be ascertained by the Contractor if there are any
    underground pipe lines, electric wires, or cables, including fiber optic cable systems that
    either cross or run parallel with the track which are located within the Project's work
    area. Excavating on Railway Property could result in damage to buried cables resulting
    in delay to Railway traffic, including disruption of service to users resulting in business
    interruptions involving loss of revenue and profits. Before any excavation commences,
    the Contractor shall contact the Railway's Signal Supervisor and Roadmaster. All
    underground and overhead wires shall be considered HIGH VOLTAGE and dangerous
    until the Contractor verifies with the company having ownership of the line. It is also the
    Contractor's responsibility to notify any other companies that have underground utilities
    in the area and arrange for the location of all underground utilities before excavating.

    1.07.02 The Contractor shall cease all work and the Railway shall be notified
    immediately before continuing excavation in the area if obstructions are encountered
    that do not appear on drawings. If the obstruction is a utility, and the owner of the utility
    can be identified, then the owner shall also be notified immediately. If there is any
    doubt about the location of underground cables or lines of any kind, no work shall be
    performed until the exact location has been determined. There will be no exceptions to
    these instructions.

    1.07.03 All excavations shall be conducted in compliance with applicable OSHA
    regulations and regardless of depth shall be shored where there is any danger to tracks,
    structures or personnel.

    1.07.04 Any excavations, holes or trenches on the Railway Property shall be covered,
    guarded and/or protected when not being worked on. When leaving work site areas at
    night and over weekends, the areas shall be secured and left in a condition that will
    ensure that Railway employees and other personnel who may be working or passing
    through the area are protected from all hazards. All excavations shall be backfilled as
    soon as possible.

1.08 Hazardous Waste, Substances and Material Reporting

    1.08.01 If the Contractor discovers any hazardous waste, hazardous substance,
    petroleum or other deleterious material, including but not limited to any
    non-containerized commodity or material, on or adjacent to Railway Property, in or near
    any surface water, swamp, wetlands or waterways, while performing any work under
    this Agreement, the Contractor shall immediately:

         (a) notify the Railway's Resource Operations Center at 800-344-8261, of such
             discovery,
         (b) take safeguards necessary to protect its employees, subcontractors, agents
             and/or third parties and,
         (c) exercise due care with respect to the release, including the taking of any
             appropriate measure to minimize the impact of such release.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      17
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

1.09 Personal Injury Reporting

    1.09.01 The Railway is required to report certain injuries as a part of compliance with
    Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) reporting requirements. Any personal injury
    sustained by an employee of the Contractor, subcontractor or Contractor's invitees
    while on the Railway Property shall be reported immediately (by phone or mail if unable
    to contact in person) to the Railway representative in charge of the project. The Non-
    Employee Personal Injury Data Collection Form included at the end of "Exhibit C-1"
    near the front of these Special Provisions, is to be completed and sent by Fax to the
    Railway at (541) 957-0686 and to the Railway representative no later than the close of
    shift on the date of the injury.

00170.65 Minimum Wage and Overtime Rates for Public Works Projects - Modify this
Subsection as follows:

(c) When No Federal Funds Are Involved - Replace the sentence that begins "The
Contractor shall comply with the overtime..." with the following:

Except for businesses subject to the Federal Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards
Act as described in 00170.65(a), the Contractor shall comply with the overtime
requirements of ORS 279.316, ORS 279.334 (see (a) and (b) of this Subsection of the
Standard Specifications), and ORS 279.354:

Add the following Subsection:

00170.67 Contractor Fee - Contractors awarded public works Contracts subject to State
of Oregon prevailing wage law of $25,000 or more must pay a fee to the Oregon Bureau of
Labor and Industries for each Contract. The fee is 0.1 of 1% of the Contract Price. The fee
can be no more than $5,000 and no less than $100 per Contract, regardless of the Contract
size. The fee shall be paid on or before the first progress payment or 60 days from the date
Work first began on the Contract, whichever comes first. Final adjustments to the fee must
be made within 30 days of the final progress payment after completion of the Contract. A
form for submitting information to the Bureau of Labor and Industries titled "Public Work
Contract Fee Information Form" is included in the "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works
Contracts in Oregon" that is bound within these Special Provisions.

00170.70 Insurance Coverages - Modify this Subsection as follows:

Add the following Subsection:

(a-1) Excess (Umbrella) Liability - The Contractor shall obtain, at the Contractor's
expense, and keep in effect during the term of the Contract, at least $ 4,000,000 Excess
(Umbrella) Liability Insurance on top of the underlying Commercial General Liability
coverage.

(f) Additional Insured - Add the following paragraph to the end of this Subsection:

In addition to the Agency, the Contractor shall include David Evans and Associates, Inc. as
additional insured named on insurance policies issued for the Project, or shall furnish an
additional insured endorsement naming the same as additional insured's, but only with
respect to the Contractor's activities to be performed under the Contract.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 18
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00170.72 Indemnity; Hold Harmless - Replace this Subsection with the following:

00170.72 Indemnity/Hold Harmless - To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except
to the extent otherwise void under ORS 30.140, Contractor shall indemnify, defend (with
counsel approved by the Agency) and hold harmless the Agency, Agency‟s Authorized
Representative, Architect/Engineer, Architect/Engineer‟s consultants, and their respective
officers, directors, agents, employees, partners, members, stockholders and affiliated
companies (collectively "Indemnitees") from and against all liabilities, damages, losses,
claims, expenses (including reasonable attorney fees), demands and actions of any nature
whatsoever which arise out of, result from or are related to, (a) any damage, injury, loss,
expense, inconvenience or delay described in this Subsection, (b) any accident or
occurrence which happens or is alleged to have happened in or about the Project Site or
any place where the Work is being performed, or in the vicinity of either, at any time prior to
the time the Work is fully completed in all respects, (c) any failure of the Contractor to
observe or perform any duty or obligation under the Contract Documents which is to be
observed or performed by the Contractor, or any breach of any agreement, representation
or warranty of the Contractor contained in the Contract Documents or in any subcontract,
(d) the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a subcontractor or anyone directly or
indirectly employed by them or any one of them or anyone for whose acts they may be
liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part
by a party indemnified hereunder and (e) any lien filed upon the project or bond claim in
connection with the Work. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or
reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or
person described in this Subsection.

In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Subsection by an employee of
the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone
for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Subsection shall
not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits
payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

Extend indemnity and hold harmless to the Agency and David Evans and Associates, Inc.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    19
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                       SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS


Comply with Section 00180 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00180.40 Limitation of Operations - Add the following at the end of this Subsection:

(c) Specific Limitations - Limitations of operations specified in these Special Provisions
include, but are not limited to, the following:

                  Limitations                                                          Subsection

                  Cooperation with Utilities ..........................................      00150.50
                  Railroad Work ..........................................................   00170.01(e)
                  Final Completion Time .............................................        00180.50
                  Traffic Restrictions ...................................................   00220.40
                  In-water Work Restrictions .......................................         00290.30(a-1)

Maintain existing or provide access for property owners located on the east side of I-5 to be
able to reach properties located on the west side of I-5 at all times. The cattle pass located
at the north end of the project is considered an access route.

The Contractor will prohibit use of the access road located north of Station “G” 1+740, on
the “G” Line, for use unless approved by the Engineer and the property owners adjoining
the access road.

Installation of temporary fencing will be considered one of the first orders of work for this
project.

Be aware of and subject to schedule limitations in the Standard Specifications that are not
listed in this Subsection.

00180.41 Project Work Schedules - Modify this Subsection as follows:

(a) Type "A" Schedule - Replace this Subsection with the following:

(a) Type "C" Schedule - The Contractor shall submit Project Work schedules as outlined
below, to plan, coordinate, and control the progress of construction.

    (1) Initial Schedule - Ten workdays prior to the preconstruction conference, the
    Contractor shall provide to the Engineer four copies of a time-scaled bar chart Project
    Work schedule showing:

            The priority and interdependence of all major segments of the Work;
            Expected beginning and completion date of each activity, including all staging;
             and
            Elements of the traffic control plan as required under 00225.05.

    A logic diagram and a time-scaled bar chart will be acceptable in lieu of a time-scaled
    logic diagram.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                                     20
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    The initial schedule shall show all Work intended for the first 60 days of the Contract to
    the level of detail described in (2) below.

    (2) Detailed Schedule - In addition to the above requirements, and within 30 Calendar
    Days after the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer four copies
    of a detailed time-scaled critical path method (CPM) network schedule and computer
    analysis printout, both clearly indicating the critical path. The first submitted detailed
    schedule shall also contain a listing of the quantity of Work for each activity, when
    appropriate, in common units of measure.

            Construction activities;
            Submittal and approval of Material samples and shop drawings;
            Procurement of critical Materials;
            Fabrication, installation, and testing of special Material and Equipment; and
            Duration of Work, including completion times of all stages and their subphases.

    The activities shall be separately identifiable by coding or use of sub-networks or both.
    The duration of each activity shall be verifiable by manpower and equipment allocation,
    in common units of measure, or by delivery dates and shall be justifiable by the
    Contractor upon the request of the Engineer.

    Detailed sub-networks will include all necessary activities and logic connectors to
    describe the Work and all restrictions on it. In the restraints, include those activities
    from the project schedule that initiated the sub-network as well as those restrained by it.

    The time scale used on the Contractor's time-scaled CPM network schedule shall be
    appropriate for the duration of the activities and the Project duration. The time scale
    shall be in normal workdays, defined as every day except Saturday, Sunday and legal
    holidays, with calendar dates identified no less than the first and midpoint of each
    calendar month. The smallest unit shown shall be one day. The network shall show
    the length of the activity or part scaled to accurately represent the number of normal
    workdays scheduled. Distinct symbols or graphics shall be used to show multiple shift,
    holiday, or weekend work.

    The schedule network drawing(s) shall include a title block showing the Contract name
    and number, Contractor's name, date of original schedule, and all update dates; and a
    legend containing the symbols used, their definitions, and the time scale, shown
    graphically. To ensure readability the drawings shall be on a reasonable size of paper
    up to a maximum of 915 mm x 915 mm (36 inch x 36 inch), using multiple sheets when
    needed.

    The Contractor shall include a tabulation of each activity in the computer mathematical
    analysis of the network diagram. The following information represents the minimum
    required for each activity:

            Event (node) number(s) for each activity;
            Activity description;
            Original duration of activities (in normal workdays);
            Estimated remaining duration of activities (in normal workdays);
            Earliest start date or actual start date (by calendar date);



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    21
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

            Earliest finish date or actual finish date (by calendar date);
            Latest start date (by calendar date);
            Latest finish date (by calendar date); and
            Slack or float time (in workdays).

    Computer print-outs shall consist of at least a node sort and an "early start/total-float"
    sort.

    Within seven workdays after submission of the Project schedule the Engineer and the
    Contractor shall meet to review the Project schedule as submitted. Within 10 days of
    the meeting, the Contractor shall resubmit to the Engineer four copies of the Project
    schedule, including required revisions.

    The approved Project schedule shall represent all Work, as well as the planned
    sequence and time for the Work. Review of this and subsequent schedules by the
    Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for timely and efficient
    execution of the Contract.

(b) Review by the Engineer - Replace this Subsection with the following:

(b) Review and Reporting - The Project Work schedule may require revision as the Work
progresses. Therefore, the Contractor shall monitor and when necessary revise the Project
Work schedule as follows:

    (1) Review with the Engineer - The Contractor shall perform ongoing review of the
    Project Work schedule and progress of the Work with the Engineer. If the Engineer or
    the Contractor determines that the Project Work schedule no longer represents the
    Contractor's own plans or expected time for the Work, a meeting shall be held between
    the Engineer and the Contractor. At this meeting, the Contractor and the Engineer shall
    review Project events and any changes for their effect on the Project Work schedule.
    After any necessary action has been agreed upon, the Contractor shall make required
    changes to the Project Work schedule.

    The Contractor shall collect information on all activities worked on or scheduled to be
    worked on during the previous report period, including shop drawings, Material
    procurement, and Contract Change Orders that have been issued. Information shall
    include commencement and completion dates on activities started or completed, or if
    still in progress, the remaining time duration.

    The Contractor shall develop detailed sub-networks to incorporate changes, Additional
    Work, and Extra Work into the Project Work schedule. Detailed sub-networks shall
    include all necessary activities and logic connectors to describe the Work and all
    restrictions on it. The restraints shall include those activities from the Project Work
    schedule that initiated the sub-network as well as those restrained by it.

    The Contractor shall evaluate this information and compare it with the Contractor's
    project schedule. If necessary, the Contractor shall make an updated bar chart
    schedule to incorporate the effect changes may have on the Project completion time(s).
    For any activity that has started, the Contractor shall add a symbol to show the actual
    date the activity started and the number of normal workdays remaining until completion.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   22
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    For activities that are finished, a symbol shall be added to show the actual date. The
    Contractor shall submit four copies of the updated bar chart to the Engineer within
    seven days after the progress meeting, along with a progress report as required by (2)
    below.

    (2) Progress Report - The Contractor shall submit a progress report to the Engineer
    with each monthly update of the Project Work schedule. The report shall include the
    following:

            Sufficient narrative to describe the past progress, anticipated activities, and
             stage Work;
            A description of any current and expected changes or delaying factors and their
             effect on the construction schedule; and
            Proposed corrective actions.

(c) Substitution of Type "B" or "C" Schedule - Delete this Subsection.

Add the following Subsection:

00180.50(h)       Contract Time - There are two Contract Times on this Project as follows:

    (1) Complete extension of existing Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert Work to be done
    under the Contract, not later than May 31, 2004.

    (2) Complete all Work to be done under the Contract, except for seeding establishment
    and plant establishment, not later than January 31, 2008.

00180.65 Right-of-Way and Access Delays - Add the following paragraphs:

It is anticipated that the ending date of an anticipated delay for the Gadway right-of-way file
No. 001 (parcels 1 and 2) will be March 15, 2004.

It is anticipated that the ending date of an anticipated delay for the railroad property right-of-
way file Nos. 006 will be June 1, 2004.

00180.85(b)       Liquidated Damages - Add the following paragraphs:

There are two daily amounts of liquidated damages on this Project as follows:

Liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on time required by 00180.50(h-1) will
be $ 200 per Calendar Day *. Liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on time
required by 00180.50(h-2) will be $ 2000 per Calendar Day *. If liquidated damages should
become payable concurrently under the combination of 00180.50(h-1) and (h-2), liquidated
damages will be $ 2000 per Calendar Day *.

    * Calendar Day amounts are applicable when the Contract time is expressed on the
      Calendar Day or fixed date basis.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       23
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                   SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES


Comply with Section 00190 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00190.20(f-2) Scale without Automatic Printer - Add the following:

Pay costs for the weigh witness at $35.00 per hour.

00190.20(g)       Agency-Provided Weigh Technician - Add the following:

Pay costs for the weigh technician at $35.00 per hour.


                                      SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT


Comply with Section 00195 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

Add the following Subsections:

00195.10(a) Monthly Asphalt Cement Material Price (MACMP) - The Monthly Asphalt
Cement Material Price (MACMP) will be established by the Agency each month. For
information regarding the calculation of the MACMP, and for the actual MACMP, go to the
Agency website at:

                      http://www.odot.state.or.us/tsestimates/asphalt-fuel.htm

If the Agency selected index ceases to be available for any reason, the Agency in its
discretion will select and begin using a substitute price source or index to establish the
MACMP each month. The MACMP will apply to all asphalt cement including but not limited
to paving grade, polymer modified, and emulsified asphalts, and recycling agents. The
Agency does not guarantee that asphalt cement will be available at the MACMP.

00195.10(b) Base Asphalt Cement Material Price (Base) - The Base price for this
Project is the MACMP published on the Agency website for the month immediately
preceding the bid opening date.

00195.10(c) Monthly Asphalt Cement Adjustment Factor - The Monthly Asphalt
Cement Adjustment Factor will be determined each month as follows:

        If the MACMP is within ± 10% of the Base, there will be no adjustment.

        If the MACMP is more than 110% of the Base, then:

             Adjustment Factor = (MACMP) - (1.10 x Base)




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               24
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        If the MACMP is less than 90% of the Base, then:

             Adjustment Factor = (MACMP) - (0.90 x Base)

00195.10(d) Asphalt Cement Price Adjustment - An asphalt cement escalation/de-
escalation clause will be in effect during the life of the Contract. A price adjustment will be
made for the items containing asphalt cement listed below. The price adjustment as
calculated in 00195.10(c) above will use the MACMP for the month the asphalt is
incorporated into the Project. The price adjustment will be determined by multiplying the
asphalt incorporated during the month for subject Pay Items by the Adjustment Factor. The
Agency reserves all of its rights under the Contract, including, but not limited to, its rights for
suspension of the Work under 00180.70 and its rights for termination of the Contract under
00180.90, and this escalation/de-escalation provision shall not limit those rights.

The Pay Items for which a price adjustment will be made under these Special Provisions
are:

                    Pay Items

    PG 64-22 Asphalt in HMAC
    PG 70-22 Asphalt in HMAC

Add the following Subsection:

00195.11 Fuel Cost Price Adjustment - A fuel escalation/de-escalation clause will be in
effect during the life of the Contract. The Agency reserves all of its rights under the
Contract, including, but not limited to, its rights for suspension of the Work under 00180.70
and its rights for termination of the Contract under 00180.90, and this escalation/de-
escalation provision shall not limit those rights. Adjustment for fluctuations in the cost of
fuel will apply only to the major fuel usage Pay Items shown in the following list and at the
respective fuel factors listed:

                                             Metric
                      Pay Item                                           Fuel Factor

    General Excavation                                                 $ 1.44/150 000 m³
    Aggregate Base                                                     $ 2.88/35 000 Mg
    HMAC Mixture                                                       $12.23/29 000 Mg
    Structures (Litres/$1,000)                                         $72.00/16,197 L

The Contractor is cautioned to consider that its operations may require more or less fuel.

Fuel cost adjustments will be determined in the following manner:

        A Monthly Fuel Price (MFP) will be established each month. The MFP for a given
         month will be the average weekly price obtained from the OPIS weekly listing dated
         the first Monday of that month for No. 2 diesel fuel for Portland, Oregon. Prices are
         based solely on rack and resellers‟ prices exclusive of freight, taxes, and special
         discounts. If the average weekly price is not posted by OPIS or is otherwise not
         available to the Agency for the first Monday of any month for any reason, the
         Agency may use the average weekly price posted by OPIS immediately before or


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                        25
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         after the first Monday of that month. If the average weekly prices cease to be
         available from OPIS for any reason, the Agency in its discretion will select and begin
         using a substitute price source or index to establish the MFP each month.

        A Base Fuel Price (Base) will be established for this Project. It will be the Monthly
         Fuel Price of $ 0.2239 per liter for November 3, 2003.

        A Monthly Fuel Adjustment Factor will be determined each month as follows:

            If the MFP is within ± 10% of the Base, there will be no adjustment.

            If the MFP is more than 110% of the Base, then:

                  Adjustment Factor = (MFP) - (1.10 x Base)

            If the MFP is less than 90% of the Base, then:

                  Adjustment Factor = (MFP) - (0.90 x Base)

        Fuel requirements for constructing the Project have been estimated at 2,165,603
         liters, based on fuel factors shown.
        A price adjustment (±) to the Contractor for fuel cost changes will be made monthly
         if the Monthly Fuel Price differs 10% or more from the Base Fuel Price. This
         adjustment will be the product of the Monthly Fuel Adjustment Factor and the
         estimated Monthly Fuel Used. The Monthly Fuel Used will be determined by
         multiplying the quantities of Work accomplished during the month for subject Pay
         Items, by the appropriate Fuel Factors.

If the Contractor elects to use an alternate fuel (natural gas, wood pellets, propane, or
other), the estimated fuel requirements will not be revised. Fuel cost adjustment will not be
revised. Fuel cost adjustments will continue to be made as specified above.


                        SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK


Comply with Section 00196 of the Standard Specifications.


                 SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK


Comply with Section 00197 of the Standard Specifications.


              SECTION 00199 - DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS, AND CLAIMS


Comply with Section 00199 of the Standard Specifications.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    26
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                            SECTION 00206 - JOB-SITE FIELD OFFICE


Section 00206, which is not in the Standard Specification, is included in this project by
special provisions.

                                           Description

00206.00 Scope - This work consists of furnishing and setting-up a temporary job-site
office for the sole use of the Project Manager and his personnel.

                                            Materials

00206.10 General - The job-site office may be space rented in a building adjacent to the
project or a trailer located in direct proximity for direct and quick access to the Contractor‟s
job-site office.

                                           Construction

00206.40 Construction Requirements - The job-site office shall be set up within the first
ten working days of the project unless the Engineer has approved a different schedule.

The building shall be weather-tight and provide the following as a minimum:

        46.5 square meters of clear floor space
        Above ground floor
        Climate controlled, including heat and air conditioning
        Electricity
        Telephone with a minimum of two lines
        Adequate windows
        square meters of shelving
        Plan table (1050 mm x 100 mm x 975 mm tall)
        Drafting stool
        Conference Table, 1200 mm x 2400 mm)
        Four desk chairs
        Cylinder door lock and 6 keys
        Sanitary facilities (unless existing facilities are available)
        Two desks
        Copy machine for reproducing 213 mm x 275 mm and 275 mm x 425 mm copies

The job-site field office shall remain the property of the Contractor for the sole use of the
Project Manager and his personnel until physical completion of the Contract.

                                           Measurement

00206.80 Measurement - No measurement for job-site field office will be made.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     27
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                            Payment

00206.90 Payment - Payment for job-site field office will be made on the lump sum basis
for the pay item “Furnishing Field Office”. Payment will be payment in full for furnishing and
maintaining the facility, including all cost associated with all required utility hook-ups and
disconnects, and monthly utility charges for all utilities except telephone.


                                  SECTION 00210 - MOBILIZATION


Comply with Section 00210 of the Standard Specifications.


               SECTION 00220 - ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PUBLIC TRAFFIC


Comply with Section 00220 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00220.02 Public Safety and Convenience - Replace the last bulleted item with the
following bullet:

        Allow emergency vehicles and incident response units immediate passage at all
         times.

Add the following bulleted items to the end of this subsection:

        Use portable changeable message signs to provide appropriate work zone
         information to the public. Place signs and display messages as directed or
         approved. When signs are in use, protect them according to 00225.46(b) and the
         "Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) Installation" detail shown on Standard
         Drawing RD945.

     When narrowing the roadway to less than 5.4 m (18 feet) for one lane between
      positive barriers, notify the Transportation Permit Manager, 550 Capitol Street NE,
      Salem, OR 97301-2530, FAX (503) 378-2873, and the Engineer, in writing, at least
      21 days before this work begins. Include the reduced lane width dimension of each
      stage and the anticipated duration of the reduction. Do not narrow the roadway until
      the Engineer approves it and the area is adequately signed according to the TCP
      and Section 00225.

        Do not use flaggers to stop or hold traffic on Pacific Highway (I-5) at any time.

        When construction equipment is operating in the closed lane, protect traffic using a
         truck mounted impact attenuator (TMA). Place the TMA in the closed lane in
         advance of the equipment, located as recommended by the manufacturer and
         approved by the Engineer. If the TMA is not available when the work requires its
         use, postpone the work until the TMA is available.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     28
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00220.40(a) Traffic Nuisance Abatement - Replace the first bulleted item with the
following bullet:

        Use flaggers or flaggers with pilot car(s)

Add the following subsection(s):

00220.40(e) Lane Restrictions - Do not close any traffic lanes on Pacific Highway (I-5)
and Oakland-Shady Highway (OR99), Monday through Friday, between:

                                           7:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m.

In addition, do not close any traffic lanes between:

        8:00 a.m. - 10:00 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday.
        Noon on the day preceding legal holidays or holiday weekends and midnight on
         legal holidays or the last day of holiday weekends, except for Thanksgiving, when
         no lanes may be closed between noon on Wednesday and midnight on the following
         Sunday.

    For the purposes of this section, legal holidays are as follows:

            New Year's Day on January 1
            Memorial Day on the last Monday in May
            Independence Day on July 4
            Labor Day on the first Monday in September
            Thanksgiving Day on the fourth Thursday in November
            Christmas Day on December 25

    When a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as a legal
    holiday. When a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be recognized as
    a legal holiday.

Roadways shall be free of barricades or other objects and all lanes opened to traffic during
all the restrictive periods listed above.

00220.40(f) Liquidated Damages - Lane closures not in compliance with the limits listed
in 00220.40(e) would inconvenience the traveling public and would be a cost to the Agency.

It is impractical to determine the actual damages which the Agency would sustain in the
event a traffic lane is closed. Therefore, the Contractor shall pay to the Agency, not as a
penalty, but as liquidated damages, $500 per 15 minutes, or any portion thereof, per lane,
for any lane closure not in compliance with the limits listed in 00220.40(e). In addition to
the liquidated damages, any added cost for traffic control measures, including flagging,
required to maintain the lane closures beyond the permitted time limits, shall be at the
Contractor‟s expense. The required traffic control measures will be as determined by the
Engineer.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 29
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

The Engineer will determine when it is safe to reopen a lane to traffic. Assessment of
liquidated damages will stop when the lane has been safely reopened. Any liquidated
damages assessed under these provisions will be in addition to those under 00180.85(b).

00220.40(g) Bridge Work - Before starting any grading or pavement removal at bridge
ends or removal of pavement from bridge decks, arrange so that all equipment, labor, and
materials required to complete the pavement replacement work and bridge deck
waterproofing work are on hand or are guaranteed to be delivered. Once grading and
pavement removal begins, vigorously prosecute and complete this work. Complete paving
and membrane waterproofing work in the shortest possible time.

Temporarily taper or bevel longitudinal and transverse grade changes or drop-offs resulting
from grading and pavement removal and membrane waterproofing work with asphalt
concrete mixture to provide a smooth and safe transition. Construct and maintain a 1V:10H
or flatter slope along longitudinal joints. Construct and maintain a 15 m per 25 mm (50 feet
per 1 inch) or flatter taper across transverse joints.

00220.40(h) Northbound Off-Ramp Closure - Only one full closure of the northbound
Pacific Highway (I-5) off-ramp at Exit 220 shall be permitted. Full closure period shall be
limited to 100 consecutive days, beginning at 12:00 midnight of the first day of full closure
and ending at 5:00 a.m. of the one hundredth day.

Add the following subsection:

00220.40(i) Controlled Delay During Blasting - The Contractor will be permitted to use
the "Controlled Delay" method for closing all travel lanes on Pacific Highway (I-5) for
periods not to exceed 20 minutes in duration while blasting adjacent to the freeway travel
lanes. This work will be permitted as approved by the Engineer within the following hours:

                                       Northbound I-5 Weekdays

               6:00 p.m. and 2:00 p.m. during the months of October through May
             6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during the months of June through September

                                       Southbound I-5 Weekdays

              6:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. during the months of October through April
             8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during the months of May through September

                              Northbound & Southbound I-5 Weekend

              9:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. during the months of October through May
            10:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. during the months of June through September

When using the "Controlled Delay" method, use flaggers for all northbound on-ramps and a
portable changeable message sign as shown in the appropriate detail.

Succeeding roadway closures will not be permitted until traffic clears from preceding
closure.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  30
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00220.60(a-1) Contractor Responsibility - Add the following bulleted item to the end of
this subsection:

        Keep the surface being used by bicycles free of all dirt, mud, gravel and other
         harmful materials. The surface includes bike paths, bike lanes, roadway shoulders
         or the outside 1.8 m (6 feet) of the roadway.


                      SECTION 00225 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL


Comply with Section 00225 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00225.02 General Requirements - Add the following after the last paragraph of this
subsection:

For work not shown in the Traffic Control Plans, protect traffic by using the appropriate
configurations as detailed on Standard Drawings RD900, RD905, RD910, RD920, RD945,
RD950, RD955 and RD960.

Use Standard Drawing RD940 for traffic control on the Oakland - Shady Highway (OR99)
during blasting.

Install a Type "W8" "URBAN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION" (CG20-8-1219) sign with
"KEEPING OREGON ON THE MOVE" rider on Pacific Highway (I-5), as shown in the plans
in advance of the "ROAD WORK AHEAD" sign at each end of the Project, facing incoming
traffic. The Engineer will determine the sign legend.

Install a "TRUCKS" (CW15-4-1219) sign, with a "500 FEET" (CW15-4a-457) rider,
approximately 150 m (500 feet) before each point of access of all noncommercial stockpile
sites, material sources, waste areas, and plant set-up areas to a public roadway.

On each through road intersecting an active work area, place one "ROAD WORK AHEAD"
(CW20-1-1219) sign approximately 90 m (300 feet) in advance of the work area. These
signs do not require sign flag boards, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

When extended traffic queues develop during flagging operations, protect traffic by
providing advance flagger(s) and signing, if required, according to the "Extended Traffic
Queues Detail" shown on Standard Drawing RD900. The advance flagger is required when
the sight distance for oncoming traffic to the end of the queue is less than 205 m (675 feet).

When the horizontal clearance for the roadway is less than 5.4 m (18 feet), install horizontal
clearance (CW21-12-1219) signs, identifying the most narrow width of the roadway. Use
English dimensions in feet and inches. Locate these horizontal clearance signs as shown or
as directed.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   31
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00225.03 Traffic Control Outside Contract Limits - Replace this subsection with the
following:

00225.03 Traffic Control Outside Project Site - Provide TCM outside the Project Site
when required.

00225.05 Contractor's Traffic Control Plan - Add the following bullet item to the end of
this subsection:

        Two copies of a sketch map of the Project showing all existing tourist-oriented
         directional (TOD) and business logo signs and a written narrative describing how
         these signs will be kept in service and protected throughout all the construction
         stages

Replace the paragraph that begins "TCP revisions will be…", with the following:

TCP revisions will be subject to a Contract change order.

Add the following subsection:

00225.07 Temporary Traffic Screen - Provide temporary traffic (plywood) screening in
accordance with the plans and as directed by the Engineer.

00225.11(a-2) Type - Replace the sentence that begins "Use type "OO" signs..." with the
following:

Use either type "O4" or "OO" signs, unless otherwise indicated in this Section or in the
TCP. Type "OO" signs will not be allowed in contracts awarded after January 1, 2006.

Add the following bullet to the end of the bulleted list:

        Extruded aluminum panels

00225.11(a-4) Reflective Sheeting - Delete         the sentence that   begins "Also, use
Fluorescent Orange…".

Add the following subsection:

00225.11(a-6) Light-Weight Sign Substrate - Use light-weight sign substrates from the
QPL.

00225.11(b-1) Wood Sign Posts - Replace this subsection with the following:

    (1) Wood Sign Posts - Provide wood sign posts in the sizes and quantities determined
    from Standard Drawing TM100 and according to 02110.40 except preservative
    treatment is not required.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               32
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00225.12(c) Concrete Barrier - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use pin-and-loop
concrete barrier…" with the following two paragraphs:

Use pin-and-loop concrete barrier conforming to Standard Drawing RD500, dated 2002
(three ASTM A 36 M loops, 810 mm (32 inch) height) and the applicable requirements of
Section 00820.

Use tall concrete barrier conforming to Standard Drawing RD545, (two ASTM A 36 M
perforated C-shapes, 1065 mm (42 1/2 inch) height) and the applicable requirements of
Section 00820.

00225.12(d)       Impact Attenuators - Replace this subsection with the following:

(d) Impact Attenuators - Use temporary impact attenuators from the QPL and conforming
to Standard Drawing RD955 or RD960.

Use an NCHRP 350 TL-3 truck mounted impact attenuator (TMA) from the QPL.

When the pre-construction posted speed is greater than 45 MPH, the support vehicle for
the TMA shall have a minimum mass (weight) of 6.82 Mg (15,000 pounds) and a maximum
mass (weight) of 15.91 Mg (35,000 pounds). When a TMA is in place, set the parking
brake and transmission on the support vehicle as recommended by the manufacturer.

If used in a mobile operation, the TMA support vehicle shall shadow the mobile operation
and maintain a consistent distance from the mobile operation as recommended by the
manufacturer.

00225.13(d)       Plastic Drums - Add the following sentence:

For contracts awarded after January 1, 2005, provide drums with encapsulated lens
reflective sheeting.

00225.13(f-1) Reflective Pavement Markers - Replace this subsection with the following:

    (1) Reflective Pavement Markers - Use new Type 1 reflective pavement markers from
    the QPL.

Add the following subsection:

00225.18 Temporary Traffic Screen - Screening system shall consist of exterior plywood
being mounted to the top of concrete barrier or type “F” bridge rail as shown on Plan Sheet
2C-4. Minimum height of plywood shall be 1.22 meters.

Anchorage system shall consist of 50.8 mm diameter steel pipe mounted to the top of
concrete barrier as shown on Plan Sheet 2C-4 of the plans.

00225.32 Traffic Control Supervisor - Under the paragraph that begins "The TCS's
duties include…", replace the last bulleted item with the following bullet:

        Providing supervision over all TCM on a 24-hour per day basis



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                33
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00225.41(b-2) Portable Sign Supports - Replace the last bulleted item with the following
bullet:

        Use only with roll-up signs or light-weight sign substrates as applicable

00225.42(d)       Impact Attenuators - Replace the sixth bulleted item with the following:

For narrow site systems, attach the first two barrier sections to the concrete pavement as
shown.

00225.42(e)       Reflectors - Replace the first bulleted item with the following bullet:

        Space on 15 m (50 foot) centers. Closer spacing may be required as directed.

00225.43(g)       Striping - Add the following paragraph after the first paragraph:

For temporary striping on new bridge deck surfaces, use temporary removable tape.

00225.43(g-3) Stripe Removal and Durable Stripe Removal - Replace the first paragraph
with the following:

    (3) Stripe Removal and Durable Stripe Removal - Remove striping by sandblasting,
    hydro-blasting, steel shot blasting, or grinding so the pavement surface is not damaged
    below a depth of 7 mm (1/4 inch). Remove durable striping by steel shot blasting or
    grinding the pavement surface to a depth no greater than 7 mm (1/4 inch), or other
    approved method so the pavement surface is not damaged. Do not use paint or asphalt
    to cover existing stripes. Repair any damaged surfaces to the Engineer's satisfaction at
    no additional compensation.

    Do not use grinding to remove non-durable stripes from the wearing course or existing
    surfaces, unless the area is to be paved over during the Project.

00225.43(h)       Pavement Edge Delineation - Replace the first paragraph with the
following:

(h) Pavement Edge Delineation - Place tubular or conical markers to delineate the edge
of pavement when construction work obscures the painted shoulder stripe (fog line) or
when paving creates an abrupt or sloped edge drop-off 25 mm (1 inch) or more in height
along the shoulder. Locate and maintain the markers as follows:

Add the following bulleted items:

        Between traffic and the abrupt edge
        Place delineation immediately

00225.48 Traffic Control Supervisor - Replace this subsection with the following:

00225.48 Traffic Control Supervisor - Supervise the safe operation of traffic control within
construction work zones only during changes from one stage or phase to another and at the
discretion of the Engineer.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     34
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Add the following subsection:

00225.50 Temporary Traffic Screen - Install temporary traffic screen as shown on Sheet
2C-4 of the plans and as directed by the Engineer.

00225.62(a)       Impact Attenuators - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

While the TMA is in use, have enough modules, cartridges, or components of the same
manufacturer and type with attenuation capabilities equal to the original on-site to replace
one complete installation.

00225.80(a)       Quantity Limitations - Replace this subsection with the following:

(a) Quantity Limitations - The quantities for work zone traffic control measures will be
limited to the following, unless otherwise specified:

        The initial installation of quantities necessary to complete the Project based on the
         Schedule of Items
        The initial installation of additional TCD and TCM that the Engineer and Contractor
         agree are necessary to ensure a safe work zone
        The replacement of TCD and TCM, except temporary signing and temporary
         electrical signs, damaged by public traffic and replaced by the Contractor

Temporary signing and temporary electrical signs damaged by public traffic and replaced
by the Contractor will not be measured.

00225.81(a)       Signs - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Route markers and other signs fastened to the face of larger signs will be measured as
separate signs.

00225.88 Traffic Control Supervisor - Add the following paragraph after the bulleted list:

Quantities will be limited to those days authorized by the Engineer and documented by a
daily Traffic Control Report submitted by the end of the next working day.

00225.90(a) Pay Quantities - Replace the first sentence of the paragraph that begins "All
TCD damaged by …" with the following:

All TCD damaged by public traffic and replaced by the Contractor, except temporary signing
and temporary electrical signs, will be paid for at the Contract price for the pay items listed
in the Schedule of Items or in approved Contract change orders, unless otherwise
specified.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    35
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00225.92 Temporary Barricades, Guardrail, Barrier, and Attenuators - Add the
following pay items:

                    Pay Item                                                Unit of Measurement

               (l) Temporary Traffic Screen .......................................... m (Foot)
              (m) Moving Temporary Traffic Screen .............................. m (Foot)

Add the following paragraph:

Item (f) includes tall concrete barrier.

Add the following to the paragraph that begins "In item (h)...":

No separate payment will be made for moving truck mounted impact attenuators.

Item (l) includes payment for furnishing, placing, maintaining, and removing all materials,
necessary to install a temporary traffic screen, and for furnishing all equipment, labor, and
incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.

Item (m) includes payment for moving temporary traffic screen including all equipment,
labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.

00225.93 Temporary Traffic Delineation - In the paragraph that begins "Payment for
items...", add "(h)" between "(g)" and (i)".


                        SECTION 00252 - TEMPORARY WORK BRIDGES


Section 00252, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                                Description

00252.00 Scope - This work consists of designing, constructing, maintaining, and
removing temporary work bridges or trestles necessary to construct the new structure.

Allow a minimum designated opening of 15.24 meters for movement of river traffic. All
designated river traffic openings shall line up in such a way as to allow a smooth flow of
boating traffic.

                                                 Materials

00252.10 Material - Provide materials for temporary work bridges or trestles meeting the
requirements of the applicable Sections of Part 00500.

                                               Construction

00252.40 Construction - Provide stamped working drawings and calculations of the work
bridges or trestles according to 00150.35.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                          36
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Design work bridges or trestles according to AASHTO design standards.

Construct work bridges or trestles at the locations shown and according to the applicable
Sections of Part 00500.

Construct the work bridges or trestles so they satisfy all the requirements of applicable
permitting agencies.

                                            Maintenance

00252.60 Maintenance - Maintain work bridges or trestles in a safe and functional
condition.

Provide and place suitable approved barriers on or near the work bridges or trestles to
prevent public access.

                                      Finishing and Cleaning Up

00252.70 Structure Removal - When the temporary work bridges or trestles are no longer
needed, remove them according to Section 00310.

Satisfy all requirements of applicable permitting agencies during work bridge or trestle
removal.

Restore all areas occupied by the work bridges or trestles to original condition.

                                            Measurement

00252.80 Measurement - No measurement of quantities will be made for this work.

                                              Payment

00252.90 General - Payment for this work will be made at the Contract lump sum amount
for the item "Temporary Work Bridge".

Payment will be payment in full for designing, constructing, maintaining, and removing work
bridges or trestles and for furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work as specified.

Progress payments and retained amounts will be made according to 00195.50 except for
the following:

        No payment will be made for materials on hand
        20 percent of the bid amount will be retained until satisfactory removal of the work
         bridges is done




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  37
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                  SECTION 00254 - TEMPORARY FALSEWORK PLATFORM


Section 00254, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                             Description

00254.00 Scope - This work consists of designing, installing, maintaining, and removing
falsework platforms over the South Umpqua River.

Allow a minimum designated opening of 15.24 meters for movement of river traffic. All
designated river traffic openings shall line up in such a way as to allow a smooth flow of
boating traffic.

                                            Construction

00254.40 Plans and Drawings:

(a) Contractor-Designed - For Contractor-designed falsework platforms, provide stamped
working drawings and calculations of the falsework platforms according to 00150.35.

Include the following information:

        All general notes for the design and construction of the falsework platform
        Material list including incidental items
        Show layout of falsework platform in relation to new structure
        Detail the anchoring system that will be used to connect the temporary falsework
         platform
        Show all structure and geometric details including but not limited to:
          Loading conditions
          Connecting devices
          Construction around footings, bents, or other structures

(b) Pre-Engineered - Pre-engineered assemblies may be utilized for all or for portions of
work platforms or scaffolding. Submit manufacturer's literature indicating safe working
loads. Working drawings and calculations for pre-engineered assemblies are not required.

00254.41 Construction - Install falsework platforms so they contain all rubble and debris.
Do not allow rubble or debris to fall into waterways.

Install falsework platforms so they satisfy all the requirements of applicable permitting
agencies.

                                      Finishing and Cleaning Up

00254.70 Removal - When temporary falsework platforms are no longer needed, remove
them according to Section 00310.

Satisfy all requirements of applicable permitting agencies during removal.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 38
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Restore the existing structure to conditions satisfactory to the Engineer.

                                            Measurement

00254.80 Measurement - No measurement or quantities will be made for this work.

                                              Payment

00254.90 Payment - Payment for this work will be made at the Contract lump sum amount
for the item "Temporary Falsework Platform”.

Payment will be payment in full for designing, installing, maintaining, and removing
falsework platforms including furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work as specified.


                             SECTION 00270 - TEMPORARY FENCES


Section 00270, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                             Description

00270.00 Scope - This work consists of constructing, maintaining, and removing
temporary fences and gateways as shown or directed.

                                              Materials

00270.10 Material - Provide new good quality commercial grade galvanized or painted
materials acceptable to the Engineer.

                                            Construction

00270.40 General - Construct temporary fences and gateways according to the applicable
parts of Section 01050.

                                            Maintenance

00270.60 General - Maintain temporary fences and appurtenances in good condition.
Keep the fences in place until they are no longer needed.

                                      Finishing and Cleaning Up

00270.70 General - When temporary fences and appurtenances are no longer needed
remove and dispose of them according to the applicable parts of Section 00310 except
fence fabric, fence wire, posts, and braces may be used in permanent fence installations if
the following conditions are met:

        The material was new when installed for temporary purposes
        The material has not been used on previous projects


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 39
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        The material meets the requirements of 01050.10
        The material is undamaged
        The material is acceptable to the Engineer

                                             Measurement

00270.80 Fence and Gateways - The quantities of temporary fence will be measured on
the length basis of each type of temporary fence. Gateways will be considered as fence of
the type which adjoins them and will be measured as a continuing part of that type of fence.
Measurement will be from center to center of posts, measured along the line and grade of
each separate continuous run of fence as constructed exclusive of gates.

                                                Payment

00270.90 General - The accepted quantities of temporary fences and temporary gates will
be paid for at the Contract price per unit of measurement for the following item:

                    Pay Item                                             Unit of Measurement

              (a) Temporary Type 2 Fence .......................................... m (Foot)

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing, placing, maintaining, and removing all
materials, performing all necessary earthwork, and for furnishing all equipment, labor, and
incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.


                    SECTION 00280 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL


Comply with Section 00280 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows.

00280.02 Agency Controlled lands Erosion and Sediment Control Plan - Add the
following bulleted item.

        Implementation of sediment barrier to protect water quality, with particular attention
         to safeguarding adjacent waterways.


00280.10(b)       Check Dams - Replace the last bulleted item with the following:

        Prefabricated - Prefabricated check dam system meeting the manufacturers
         recommendations and on the QPL.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       40
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Add the following subsection:

00280.10(v) Containment Barrier - Provide the following materials incidental to
construction for containment barrier:

        Floating Turbidity Barrier - Provide floating turbidity barrier with materials
         conforming to the following table:

                  MATERIAL                 PARAMETER               RECOMMENDED VALUE
                Geotextile Fabric          Material                Spun bound polypropylene
                  Permeable
                                 Grab tensile strength 1,112N (250 lbs.)
                                 (ASTM D4632 )
                                 Grab Elongation       (60 percent)
                                 (ASTM D 4632)
                                 Puncture Strength     355N (80 lbs.)
                                 (ASTM D 4833)
                                 Mullen Burst          1,700 kPa (247 psi)
                                 (ASTM D 3786)
                                 Trapezoidal Tear      41N (90 lbs.)
                                 (ASTM D 4533)
                                 Apparent Opening Size 0.11mm (US Std. Sieve
                                 (AOS) (ASTM D 4751)   140)
                                 Permittivity           (0.1 sec-1)
                                  (ASTM D 4491)
                                 Water Flow Rate       2.8 l/m2 (8 gpm/ft2)
                                 (ASTM D 4491)
                                 U.V. Resistance       (70 percent)
                                 (ASTM D 4355)
             Flotation           Min. Weight           13.6 kg/m (10 lbs./ft.)
             Support Cable:      Tensile Strength      4,445 kg (9,800 lbs.)
                                 Type                  Galvanized Aircraft
                                 Max. Mesh Spacing     150 mm
             Ballast Chain (Sewn Type                  Non-corrosive
             into Pocket)
                                 Size                  8 mm (5/16 inch)
             Panel Length                              30.5 m (100 ft.)

        Sand Bags - Provide 610 mm x 300 mm x 150 mm (24" x 12" x 6") durable,
         weather-resistant, tightly woven bags sufficient to prevent leakage of filler material.
         Fill bags with at least 34 kg (75 pounds) of firmly packed fine pcc aggregate 9.75
         mm - 0 (3/8" - 0) or round 9.5 mm - 4.75 mm (3/8" - 3/16") pea gravel.

        Plastic Sheeting - Minimum 0.25 mm (10 mil) thick polyethylene plastic sheeting.

00280.40 Installation - Add the following:

Erosion and sediment control measures shall be implemented prior to any work within 45
meters (150 feet) of any active flowing body of water, and shall remain in place until the
project area is stabilized, as determined by the Engineer.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     41
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00280.42(a) Soil Exposure Limitations - Add the following bulleted items to the end of
the bulleted list:

        Project Disturbed Limits (October 1 through September 30) - Stabilize all
         disturbed areas, including obliteration of temporary roads, following any break in
         work unless active construction will resume within four days of exposure.

00280.46(f)       Dust Control - Replace the second bulleted item with the following:

        Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Dilute the liquid stabilizer emulsion with water at a
         rate of one part emulsion to 30 parts water. Apply the diluted mixture at a rate or
         8100 L/ha (865 gallons/acre) unless the manufacturer recommends a greater rate of
         application.

Install Type 3 pre-fabricated inserts according the following:

00280.46(j-2-a) Hydraulically Applied Tacking Agents - Replace the first bulleted item
with the following:

        Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Dilute the liquid stabilizer emulsion with water at a
         rate of one part emulsion to 30 parts water. Apply the diluted mixture at a rate or
         8100 L/ha (865 gallons/acre) unless the manufacturer recommends a greater rate of
         application.

Add the following subsection:

00280.46(v) Containment Barrier - Construct the containment barrier in the stream
surrounding the work area of the temporary work bridge and bents, no more than 2.0 m (6.5
ft.) from the outside of the formwork. Place the barrier at locations as shown on the plans
or as directed by the Engineer.

Floating Turbidity Barrier - Install the turbidity barrier after formwork is erected and prior
to placement of any materials within the formwork. Anchor the turbidity barrier to instream
anchor devices placed upstream with rope and posts. Install additional ropes to the
formwork to anchor the turbidity barrier to the formwork, as river current dictates. Secure
the bottom edge of the turbidity barrier to the channel bed by placing sandbags along the
bottom edge of the geotextile fabric on a minimum width of 0.9m (3 feet).

Plastic Sheeting - Attach plastic sheeting to the outside of the formwork to an elevation
0.9m (3 feet) above the high water mark. Leave a minimum width of 0.9m (3 feet) of the
barrier fabric on the channel bed to weight down with sandbags. Attach a second plastic
sheeting to the inside of the formwork to an elevation 0.9m (3 feet) above the high water
mark. Leave a minimum width of 0.9m (3 feet) of the barrier fabric on the channel bed to
weight down with sandbags.

Sand Bags - Place sandbags in alternating rows on the plastic sheeting, perpendicular to
the formwork, a minimum of 0.9m (3 feet) above the channel bed.

Fish Removal and Dewatering - Remove fish and dewater work area in accordance with
applicable NOAA Fisheries fish handling guidelines, Local, State and Federal Permit
requirements, and Pollution Control Plan.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   42
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00280.48 Emergency Materials - Provide and stockpile the following emergency
materials on the Project site:

                     Item                                                        Quantity

         Sediment Fence, Unsupported ................................................. 100 m

00280.61 Erosion and Sediment Control Manager - Add the following bulleted items.

Inspect erosion and sediment controls on active construction, borrow, or disposal sites
weekly.

Inspect erosion and sediment controls on inactive construction, borrow, or disposal sites at
least biweekly.

Inspect erosion and sediment controls on both active and inactive construction, borrow, or
disposal sites at least daily during raining periods where 15 mm or more rain has fallen in a
24-hour period.

00280.90 General - Add the following pay items:

                    Pay Item                                             Unit of Measurement

          Floating Tubidity Barrier………………………………….…….m (Foot)
          Containment Barrier…..………………………………….…….Each


                       SECTION 00290 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION


Comply with Section 00290 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00290.00 Scope - add the following:

Comply with requirements of the Biological Opinion Document developed for this project.

00290.20 Hazardous Waste and Hazardous Substances - Revise this subsection as
follows:

(c) Fuel Storage - Add the following paragraph:

If above-ground fuel storage will exceed 2498 L (660 gallons) per container or 4996 L
(1,320 gallons) aggregate, develop and submit for approval 10 days before the pre-
construction conference, a spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) plan,
signed and stamped by a professional engineer, in accordance with 40 CFR 112. The
SPCC plan requirement is in addition to the PCP requirement described above. Employees
must be trained as specified in 40 CFR 112 and the SPCC plan. Maintain a copy of the
SPCC plan on-site at all times during construction activities, readily available to employees
and inspectors.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       43
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Refer to 00290.30(a-1) for specific measures related to fuel storage and vehicle refueling
procedures.

    (d-2)    Inert Material - Add the following paragraph:

    Retain landfill disposal receipts for all non-inert solid waste generated from the Project
    site for at least one year after completion of the Project. Provide landfill disposal
    receipts to the Engineer if requested.

(e) Hazardous Waste Management - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

If the quantity of hazardous waste projected to be generated meets the requirements for a
Conditionally Exempt Generator (CEG), in accordance with 40 CFR 261.5, store hazardous
wastes on-site for no more than 180 days, with the total stored not to exceed 1000 kg
(2,200 pounds) at any one time. All hazardous waste containers shall be in good condition,
sealed and labeled with the words "Hazardous Waste" and the accumulation start and end
dates. All employees involved in the handling and/or management of hazardous wastes
shall comply with the federal and State regulatory requirements for hazardous waste
management. If the quantity of hazardous waste generated in a given month exceeds the
CEG limits, immediately comply with the requirements for small and large quantity
generators, as set forth below, and for the remainder of the calendar year. Within 30 days
of such exceedance, complete additional documentation and training required as a result of
this change in status.

If the quantity of hazardous waste projected to be generated meets the requirements for a
Small Quantity Generator (SQG) or a Large Quantity Generator (LQG), prepare a
Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan, in accordance with 40 CFR 262.34 and 265.51.
Maintain a copy of the Contingency Plan on-site at all times during construction activities,
readily available to employees and inspectors. Employees must receive hazardous waste
training as specified in 40 CFR 262.34 and 265.16. On-Site storage of hazardous waste
shall comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 262 and 265, OAR 340-102-034 and all other
applicable federal, State and local laws and regulations. Submit monthly records of
hazardous waste generation, transportation and disposal to the Engineer by the 15th day of
the following month. A Certified Hazardous Materials Manager (CHMM) in good standing
and with experience managing the hazardous wastes associated with the Project must be
available to oversee and direct hazardous waste management at the site.

If hazardous waste is to be treated on-site, all treatment activities shall comply with 40 CFR
262.34 and 268, and ORS 466.095. No on-site hazardous waste treatment may begin prior
to receipt of Engineer approval.

00290.30(a-1) Minimum Required Measures - Add the following to the end of the bulleted
item list:

        For this Project, the Regulated Work Area (also referred to as the in-water work
         area, ordinary high water mark (OHM), two-year flood elevation, two-year floodplain,
         active channel, in-water work area, jurisdictional waters, beds and banks of the
         State of Oregon) is defined as the area at or below 136.8 m (448.8 feet) elevation.

        Ensure completion of a comprehensive monitoring and reporting program to confirm
         this Opinion is meeting its objective of minimizing take from permitted activities.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   44
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        Avoid or minimize incidental take from construction-related activities by applying
         permit conditions that require construction, operation and maintenance actions with
         minimum harm to aquatic and riparian systems.

        Minimize the likelihood of incidental take from in-water work by ensuring that in-
         water work areas are isolated from flowing water.

        Minimize the amount and extent of take from loss of instream habitat and impacts to
         critical habitat by implementing measures to minimize impacts to riparian and
         instream habitat, or where impacts are unavoidable, to replace or restore lost
         riparian and instream functions.

        Minimize the amount and extent of take from stormwater impacts and altered stream
         hydraulics by implementing measures to treat water and limit fill within the 100-year
         floodplain.

        The ODFW in-water work period for the South Umpqua River is from July 1 to
         August 31. ODFW granted an extension from September 1 to September 15 from
         2004-2007. The COE permit will need to be renewed in 2005 by ODOT, but the
         ODFW extension is effective through 2007.

         ODFW will consider extensions of the in-water work window from June 16th to June
         30th. The Contractor will need to request this extension each year.

        Placement or removal of embankment material or riprap within the Regulated Work
         Area is restricted to the in-water work period unless work is isolated from the active
         flowing stream according to 00290.31(d).

        Containment/isolation devices installation and removal is restricted to the in-water
         work period(s). Containment/isolation devices are required for construction of
         temporary work bridge and falsework platform bents, construction of Bent 3 for both
         NB an SB bridges and removal of the existing bridges Pier 1 and Bents 5 and 6.
         Work within a containment/isolation device may be performed outside of the in-
         water work period(s).

        Do not discharge contaminated or sediment-laden water, or water contained within a
         containment/isolation device, directly into any waters of the State until it has been
         satisfactorily treated (e.g., by bioswale, filter, settlement pond, pumping to vegetated
         upland location, bio-bag or dirt-bag).

        Notify the Engineer at least three working days prior to completion of
         containment/isolation device construction. Provide ODFW personnel or other
         qualified biologist access to containment/isolation device(s) to remove fish trapped
         within the device(s) before beginning work within the containment/isolation
         device(s).

        The Engineer retains the authority to temporarily halt or modify the project in case of
         excessive turbidity or damage to natural resources.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      45
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        Limit turbidity increase to 10% above background reading, as measured 30 m
         (100 feet) below the Project.

        Do not use treated timbers within the Regulated Work Area.

        Minimize alteration or disturbance of stream banks and existing riparian vegetation.

        Place "diapers" on equipment operating within 10 m (30 feet) of the Regulated Work
         Area.

        Inspect and clean all equipment prior to operating it within 90 m (300 feet) of the
         Regulated Work Area. Check all equipment for fluid leaks. Remove external oil,
         grease, dirt and caked mud. Do not discharge untreated wash and rinse water into
         the Regulated Work Areas. Establish temporary impoundments to catch water from
         equipment cleansing, at least 45 m (150 feet) from the Regulated Work Area and in
         locations so as not to contribute untreated wastewater to any flowing stream.

        Locate areas for non-workshift storage of equipment and vehicles, other than track-
         mounted vehicles, at least 45 m (150 feet) away from the Regulated Work Area.

        Locate areas for storing fuels and other potentially hazardous materials and areas
         for refueling and servicing equipment and vehicles at least 45 m (150 feet) away
         from the Regulated Work Area.

        For track-mounted equipment, large cranes, and other equipment whose limited
         mobility makes it impractical to move it for refueling, take precautions to minimize
         the risk of fuel reaching the Regulated Work Area. Implement spill prevention
         measures and provide fuel containment systems designed to completely contain a
         potential spill, as well as other pollution control devices and measures adequate to
         provide containment of hazardous material. Perform refueling operations to
         minimize the amount of fuel remaining in vehicles stored during non-work times.

        Do not refuel equipment or vehicles in the regulated work area after 1 p.m. without
         the Engineer‟s approval.

        Maintain hazardous material containment booms and spill containment booms
         on-site to facilitate the cleanup of hazardous material spills. Install hazardous
         material containment booms in instances where there is a potential for release of
         petroleum or other toxicants.

        Underwater blasting is prohibited.

        Blasting is prohibited in the regulated work area.

        Use bridge removal techniques conforming to the requirements of Section 00501.

        Implement containment measures adequate to prevent pollutants or construction
         and demolition materials, such as waste spoils, petroleum products, concrete cured
         less than 24 hours, concrete cure water, silt, welding slag and grindings, concrete



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   46
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         saw cutting by-products and sandblasting abrasives, from entering the Regulated
         Work Area or any waterway.

        If flooding of the Project site is expected to occur within 24 hours, evacuate areas
         used for staging, access roads, or storage and remove materials, equipment, and
         fuel.

        No fertilizers shall be applied within 15 m of wetlands or the OHM elevation of other
         waters of the State.

        Any work below OHWE is restricted to in-water period unless the area is isolated by
         containment devices.      The NOAA Fisheries will require the Contractor to
         demonstrate that his devices will continue to function during highwater periods.

00290.31 Protection of Fish, Wildlife and Plants - Revise this subsection as follows:

(a) General - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Meet with the Agency Biologist, Resource Representative, Engineer and inspector on site
prior to moving equipment on-site or beginning any work, to ensure that all parties
understand the locations of sensitive biological sites and the measures that shall be taken
to protect them.

The following measures apply to the Project:

        Maintain passage for adult and juvenile fish for the duration of the Project, including
         intermittent streams.

        When isolating a work area with temporary containment facilities, remove fish with
         the approval of the Engineer and under the supervision of an Agency or ODFW
         biologist.

Add the following subsection:

(c) Water Intake Screening - When drawing or pumping water from any stream, protect
fish by equipping intakes with screens having a minimum 27% open area and meeting the
following requirements:

        Perforated plate openings shall be 2.38 mm (3/32 inch) or smaller.
        Mesh or woven wire screen openings shall be 2.38 mm (3/32 inch) or smaller in the
         narrowest direction.
        Profile bar screen or wedge wire openings shall be 1.75 mm (1/16 inch) or smaller in
         the narrow direction.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     47
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Choose size and position of screens to meet the following criteria:

                                             METRIC

                             Approach      Sweeping     Wetted Area of
                             Velocity 1    Velocity 2      Screen            Comments
                               (m/s)         (m/s)           (m²)
                                             Shall       Divide max.      If screen is longer
                                            exceed      water flow rate   than 1.2 m, angle
    Ditch Screen               ≤ 0.12
                                           approach     (m3/s) by 0.12       45° or less to
                                            velocity         m/s              stream flow
                                                         Divide max.
    Screen with
                                                        water flow rate
    proven self-               ≤ 0.12          ─                                     ─
                                                        (m3/s) by 0.12
  cleaning system
                                                             m/s
                                                         Divide max.
   Screen with no
                                                        water flow rate   Pump rate 0.0283
  cleaning system              ≤ 0.06          ─
                                                        (m3/s) by 0.06      m3/s or less
 other than manual
                                                             m/s
    1
        Velocity perpendicular to screen face at a distance of approximately 75 mm
    2
        Velocity parallel to screen

Provide ditch screens with a bypass system to transport fish safely and rapidly back to the
stream.

Add the following subsection:

(d) Work Area Isolation - Implement containment measures adequate to prevent
pollutants or construction and demolition materials, such as waste spoils, petroleum
products, concrete cured less than 24 hours, concrete cure water, silt, welding slag and
grindings, concrete saw cutting by-products and sandblasting abrasives, from entering the
Regulated Work Area or any waterway or wetland.

Implement work area isolation and de-watering measures prior to any work within the
Regulated Work Area.

Containment/isolation device installation and removal is restricted to permitted in-water
work period(s).

Placement or removal of embankment material or riprap within the Regulated Work Area is
restricted to the permitted in-water work period unless work is isolated from active flowing
streams.

Do not discharge contaminated or sediment-laden water from the Project or from within a
cofferdam directly into any waterway or wetland of the State until it has been treated to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

Notify the Engineer at least three working days prior to completion of containment/isolation
device construction.       Provide Agency and ODFW personnel access to the



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   48
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

containment/isolation to remove fish trapped within the containment/isolation device
enclosure before beginning work within the containment/isolation device.

Minimize alteration or disturbance of stream banks and existing riparian vegetation.

Perform bridge removal and/or demolition according to Section 00501.

Do not place any material or waste on any public or private wetland, or within 45 m (150
feet) of the Regulated Work Area or any waterway.

The Engineer retains the authority to suspend the work for the causes listed in 00180.70.
Excessive turbidity or damage to natural resources may be considered to constitute such
cause.

Add the following subsection:

(c) Disturbing Wetlands - Comply with the conditions of Section 404 and Removal/Fill
permits obtained for the Project. Willful violation of permit conditions and applicable laws
exposes the offending Contractor and other violators to criminal and civil sanctions. Civil
sanctions include, but are not limited to, the offender's sole liability for all costs associated
with site restoration, maintenance and additional mitigation work required by federal or
State authorities.

The Engineer may suspend work until the Contractor, Engineer, Agency Wetland Specialist,
and other required federal and State personnel, if any, meet to determine damage to the
site and the nature and scope of necessary site restoration and maintenance. The
Engineer may require the Contractor to submit a written plan for protection of other sites for
the duration of the Project before work resumes.

00290.41 Protection of Wetland - Add the following to subsection (a) General:

No fertilizers shall be applied within 15 m of wetlands or the OHW elevation of other waters
of the State.

00290.51 Protection of Sensitive Cultural Sites - Add the following to the end of this
subsection:

(b) Disturbing Unknown Sensitive Cultural Sites - Every effort has been made to identify
all sensitive cultural sites on the Project. If the Contractor finds a previously undiscovered
sensitive cultural site, immediately cease all activities at that site, follow procedures under
Section 00290.50 (Protection of Cultural Resources), and notify the Engineer. If the
Contractor inadvertently disturbs unknown sensitive cultural sites, but immediately ceases
all activities and follows the procedures of 00290.50, the Agency, to the extent permitted by
Article XI, section 7 of the Oregon Constitution and by the Oregon Tort Claims Act, will
indemnify, within the limits of the Tort Claims Act, the Contractor for costs associated with
monitoring, recovery, site restoration or other required archaeological work, provided
neither the Agency nor the State shall be required to indemnify the Contractor for such
costs resulting from, arising out of or relating to the willful misconduct, negligence or other
wrongful acts attributable to the Contractor or other persons on the Project site.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      49
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Delays to work due to new cultural resource finds will be considered for exclusion from
contract time according to 00180.50(e).

Work required for monitoring and site restoration for newly discovered sensitive cultural
sites encountered by the Contractor will be paid according to Section 00197.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                              50
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                      SECTION 00305 - CONSTRUCTION SURVEY WORK


Section 00305, which is not a Standard Specification, is included for this Project by Special
Provision.

                                           Description

00305.00 Scope - This work consists of all surveying activities necessary to control the
many phases of work required to construct the Project to the lines and grades as shown,
specified, or established.

Make all supporting computations and field notes required for control of the work and as
necessary to establish the exact position, orientation, and elevation of the work from control
stations, including furnishing and setting construction stakes and marks, reference marks,
and additional control stations.

Plans, specifications and other data necessary to lay out the work will be available for
inspection at the Project Manager‟s office.

00305.01 Definitions:

Confidence Points - Random points measured in the field within the boundary of a digital
terrain model (DTM), the purposes of which are to verify the accuracy of the DTM and to
provide evidence just prior to construction that the DTM is a reasonable representation of
the original ground for computation of volumes and pay quantities. Similarly, confidence
points are used to verify that a constructed grade has been built according to the design
DTM. Additional information is available from the Engineer.

Confidence point locations follow these guidelines:

        Randomly selected without regard for the location of DTM points or triangles
        Evenly distributed over the entire DTM area to be validated
        Proportionately distributed between confidence point classifications as applicable
        At a density sufficient to validate the surface, generally ten per instrument location
         as used in collecting DTM data or if not applicable, as in data collected
         photogrammetrically, 2% of DTM points

Control Network - An array of control stations either established by the Contractor or
provided by the Agency.

Control Station - Any item identified in the Project records as having a position and/or
elevation on the Project datum and intended to be used to control the many phases of the
construction work.

Digital Terrain Model (DTM) - An electronic computer model of the shape of the ground.

Reference Stakes - Stakes set away from but with information relating back to the intended
location and/or grade.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    51
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Slope Catch - The location where a design slope intersects the existing ground and where
excavation or embankment work should begin to provide the intended earthwork.

Slope Staking - The process of using measurements and calculations in the field to
determine the slope catch. Slope staking shall normally include setting stakes to mark the
slope catch and setting a reference stake for every catch stake.

Stakes - Stakes, nails, marks, string lines, or other devices or mechanisms set or
established for the purpose of indicating or controlling the location, orientation, or grade of
any feature intended for construction, or for the purpose of limiting or influencing the
construction work.

Staking - The act of placing stakes.

Survey Marker - Any survey monument, control station, or stake.

Survey Monument - Any natural or man-made item specified or identified in a property
deed, boundary survey, government document, or other instrument of public record, when
the purpose of said item is to mark or reference a property boundary, geographical location,
elevation, or other position.

Surveyor - The individual designated by the Contractor and licensed in the state of Oregon
as a Professional Land Surveyor and placed in "responsible charge" of the survey work as
defined in ORS 672.002(6)(b).

Temporary Bench Mark (TBM) - A control station established for the purpose of providing
vertical control for the Project. A TBM may or may not have an established horizontal
position.

00305.02 Mandatory Pre-Survey Conference - The prime Contractor, subcontractors,
surveyor, survey crew leader, and all surveying personnel who are to be involved in the
survey work shall meet with the Project Manager two weeks prior to beginning survey work.
The purpose of this meeting will be to discuss methods and practices of accomplishing
required survey work.

00305.03 Review by the Engineer - The Engineer may periodically review the notes,
calculations and layout work, including field locations, for compliance with these
specifications. Survey work that does not meet the tolerances in 00305.40 may be
rejected, and the work redone at the Contractors expense to meet the tolerances.

Review by the Engineer does not constitute approval or acceptance of the work, nor does it
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performing work in conformance with the plans
and specifications.

00305.04 Agency Responsibilities:

        Provide copies of plans and specifications
        Establish initial horizontal and vertical control stations in the proximity of the Project
        Provide horizontal and vertical alignment data
        Provide cross section finish grade elevations



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                         52
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        Perform measurements and calculations for pay quantities
        Perform final "as constructed" measurements

00305.05 Contractor Responsibilities - Perform or provide the following items of work:

        Make calculations, field notes and survey drawings for the layout and control of the
         work as are necessary to construct the Project as specified
        Provide original or copies of notes, calculations and drawings as requested
        Preserve survey monuments and control stations according to 00305.70 and as
         governed by applicable law
        Replace and augment control stations as necessary to control the Project
        Establish additional control stations as necessary to control the Project
        Perform slope staking necessary for construction of earthwork including
         intersections and matchlines
        Set stakes defining limits for clearing. Set stakes defining approximate right-of-way
         and easements.
        Set stakes to define construction centerline, centerline offsets, detour lines, or other
         lines necessary for control of the Project work
        Set stakes to define the work, that may include but is not limited to the following:

            Roadway location and grade
            Fences and gates
            Guardrail, barrier, barricades, and associated features
            Traffic delineators, reflectors, and guide devices
            Temporary and permanent signing *
            Temporary and permanent pavement striping and pavement marking devices
            Poles and footings, cabinets, junction boxes, sensors, and other features
             associated with illumination and signal facilities *
            Curbs, walks, stairs, walls, mailboxes, and other miscellaneous structures *
            Pipes, manholes, inlets, weirs, settlement basins and other drainage and water
             quality structures and facilities *
            Landscaping items
            Earthwork features including guardrail flares and mounds, berms, and mounds
            Buildings and other structures and facilities
            Environmental impact mitigation features

             * including field verification of fit and functionality or as instructed by the
               Engineer

        Remove and dispose of all flagging, lath, stakes and other temporary staking
         material after the Project is completed

        For structural work, provide elevations and layout work. In addition to the
         requirements of 00305.30, structural calculations shall be done under the direction
         and review of either a professional land surveyor registered to practice in the State
         of Oregon or a professional engineer registered to practice in the State of Oregon.
         Supply survey drawings depicting the location and elevations of the elements of the
         substructure and superstructure not limited to the following.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      53
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         Substructure:
             Piling
             Footings
             Columns, walls, and abutments
             Pile caps and cross beams
             Bearing pads or devices

         Superstructure:
             Horizontal alignment and deck edges
             Soffit grades
             Seismic restraints
             Wing walls and retaining walls
             Bridge end panels
             Deck elevations
             Railings
             Deck drains and other bridge drainage facilities

        Set reference stakes and elevations in the vicinity of the structure work, as are
         necessary for the Engineer to check the layout. This may include establishment of a
         control network.

00305.06 Survey Methods - Survey procedures shall be appropriate for the equipment
being used and be according to current Agency practices.

New survey procedures that are not according to current Agency practices shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review 21 days prior to conducting the work. The surveyor
may be required to demonstrate the capabilities, accuracy, and reliability of the intended
procedure. The Engineer will evaluate the procedure and intended application and provide
approval or rejection within 21 days. Work may proceed immediately upon approval of
procedures by the Engineer.

Test and adjust survey equipment according to Agency‟s procedures and maintain records
of test results and submit copies to the Engineer upon request. Information on Agency test
procedures may be obtained from the Engineer.

00305.07 Survey Work Records - Contractor‟s survey personnel shall maintain a Project
daily record of work performed by the survey crew. The daily record shall contain the date,
crew names, type and location of work, and work accomplished. Upon request, furnish a
copy of diary entries to the Engineer. Furnish a final copy of the diary when the Project is
complete.

Contractor‟s survey personnel shall make all field notes and calculations in a manner
consistent with current Agency practices and on forms provided or approved by the
Engineer. Computations, survey notes and other records necessary to accomplish the
work shall be neat, legible and complete. Furnish copies of computations, notes and other
records when requested by the Engineer.

For bridges, furnish computations, layout notes, and drawings of the structure to the
Engineer for review 7 days before beginning construction.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 54
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Upon completion of construction staking and prior to final acceptance of the Contract,
furnish to the Engineer, computations, survey notes, Project records and other data used to
accomplish the work. Include an itemized list of the data.

All data and original documentation associated with this Project will become the property of
the Agency.

00305.08 Communication With the Surveyor - The Engineer has the right to
communicate directly with the surveyor.

00305.09 Electronic Data - The Engineer will not be responsible for any data translations.
Compressed data provided by the Engineer or the Contractor will be in a "self-expanding
executable" format. The method of exchange of electronic data will be mutually agreed
upon at the pre-survey conference.

(a) Data Formats Provided by the Engineer:

        CAD (graphics) Files - Microstation Design File (.DGN) format
        Horizontal Control Coordinates - ASCII Coordinate File format
        Elevations - ASCII Elevation File format
        Horizontal Alignments - Intergraph Inroads ASCII Horizontal Alignment format
        Vertical Alignments - Intergraph Inroads ASCII Vertical Alignment format
        DTM Data - Intergraph DTM or Microstation Design File (.DGN) format
        Cross Section Data - Cross Section or Station, Offset and Elevation (SOE) File
         Format

(b) Data Formats Provided by the Contractor:

        DTM Data - Intergraph DTM or Microstation Design File (.DGN) format
        CAD (graphics) Files - Microstation Design File (.DGN) format
        "As Staked" Coordinate Data - ASCII Coordinate File format
        Confidence Points - ASCII Coordinate File format
        Vertical Control Point Elevations - ASCII Elevation File format
        Coordinates of Miscellaneous Survey Points Set - ASCII Coordinate File format

(c) Data Format Details - Data exchanged between the Agency and the Contractor will be
in the following formats as referred to in this subsection:

    (1) ASCII Coordinate File Format:

         Point ID      Northing       Easting   Elevation   Feature   Description

            Point IDs are alphanumeric up to 8 characters long
            Coordinates/Elevations are decimal numbers in the units required by the Project
            Feature names are up to 8 character alphanumeric codes
            Descriptions may be up to 27 characters and may contain any combination of
             printable ASCII characters.
            Columns may be separated by spaces or commas
            Name all ASCII coordinate files with an extension of .CRD



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 55
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    Example: 105 216473.675 576231.905                   102.562     SET_NTW (13 mm) iron rod

    (2) ASCII Elevation File Format:

         Point ID      Elevation       Description

            Point IDs are alphanumeric up to 8 characters long
            Elevations are decimal numbers in the units required by the Project
            Descriptions may be up to 27 characters and may contain any combination of
             printable ASCII characters
            Columns may be separated by spaces or commas
            Name all ASCII elevation files with an extension of .ELV

    Example: 425         542.768 TBM12, n.w. bolt on lum.

    (3) Cross Section or Station, Offset and Elevation (SOE) File Format:

         Station      Offset      Elevation    Pen Up (Pen Down)

            The station values should be in ascending order
            For each station, the offsets should be in ascending order from left to right
            The pen up (pen down) column distinguishes one cross section from the next
            The first point in each cross section should have a value of 1 in the pen column
            The final point in each cross section should have a value of 2 in the pen column
            All intermediate cross section points should have a value of 0 in the pen column
            Name all cross section data files with an extension of .SOE

    Example (This example shows metric units. If the Project is designed in English units,
    provide data in English units.):

                   Station           Offset     Elevation            Pen Up
                                                                   (Pen Down)

                   20+020          - 26.500          260.617          1
                   20+020          - 10.606          268.664          0
                   20+020            - 2.500         269.012          0
                   20+020              0.000         269.045          0
                   20+020              3.500         269.007          0
                   20+020            12.650          263.004          0
                   20+020            25.250          261.005          2

(4) Intergraph Inroads ASCII Horizontal Alignment Format:

Records beginning with an "*" are ignored.
The record beginning with "{" defines the format.
Name all ASCII Horizontal Alignment files with an extension of .HAL.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                        56
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Example (This example shows metric units. If the Project is designed in English units,
provide data in English units.):

* INTERGRAPH HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT TO ASCII
*
* Alignment name: FRS_CON
* Alignment description: 409 "FRS" construction centerline
* Alignment preference: ALI1
*
    { TYPE STATION         RADIUS        X_CRD          Y_CRD       DIRECTION SPI_LENGTH
     LIN 0+000.000          0.0000    2299517.9122   160263.0134   320^03'23.5393"  0.0000
     SPI 0+025.455          0.0000    2299501.5693   160282.5292   320^03'23.5393" 25.0000
     CIR 0+050.455        -40.0000    2299483.6919   160299.8495   302^09'05.7873"  0.0000
     SPI 0+090.052          0.0000    2299445.7747   160302.3626   245^25'56.3948" 25.0000
     LIN 0+115.052          0.0000    2299425.7678   160287.5532   227^31'38.6429"  0.0000
     CIR 0+139.727         60.0000    2299407.5675   160270.8918   227^31'38.6429"  0.0000
     LIN 0+206.006          0.0000    2299345.7282   160259.0654   290^49'08.8378"  0.0000
     SPI 0+217.793          0.0000    2299334.7113   160263.2545   290^49'08.8378" 20.0000
     CIR 0+237.793        -45.0000    2299315.5846   160268.9480   278^05'12.2142"  0.0000
     SPI 0+265.317          0.0000    2299288.8537   160264.5055   243^02'29.0797" 20.0000
     LIN 0+285.317          0.0000    2299272.5967   160252.9315   230^18'32.4561"  0.0000
     LIN 0+319.254          0.0000    2299246.4821   160231.2576   230^18'32.4561"  0.0000

    (5) Intergraph Inroads ASCII Vertical Alignment Format:

    Records beginning with an "*" are ignored.
    The record beginning with "{" defines the format.
    Name all ASCII Vertical Alignment files with an extension of .VAL.

    Example (This example shows metric units. If the Project is designed in English units,
    provide data in English units.):

    * INTERGRAPH VERTICAL ALIGNMENT TO ASCII
    *
    * Alignment name: b1v1
    * Alignment description: Bikepath Finish Grade
    * Alignment preference: default
    *
      { TYPE      STATION           ELEVATION         SLOPE      VC_LENGTH
         LIN     10+006.142           32.6790        -0.002331      0.0000
         PAR     10+021.391           32.6435        -0.002331     15.0000
         LIN     10+036.391           32.4096        -0.028856      0.0000
         PAR     10+058.666           31.7668        -0.028856     20.0000
         LIN     10+078.666           31.4983         0.002002      0.0000
         PAR     10+123.970           31.5890         0.002002     44.3355
         LIN     10+168.305           32.7639         0.051001      0.0000
         PAR     10+183.208           33.5239         0.051001     25.0000
         LIN     10+208.208           34.1467        -0.001179      0.0000
         LIN     10+235.186           34.1149         0.000000      0.0000

    (6) Microstation Design File Format:

    Bentley Systems, Inc. / Intergraph Corporation proprietary format.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     57
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                           Materials

00305.10 Materials - Furnish all materials including supplies, clothing, and incidentals
required to accomplish the work. Use materials of good quality and suitable for the purpose
intended. Stakes, hubs, and guinnies are to be of sufficient length to provide a solid set in
the ground. Mark the stakes in such a way as to remain legible for the intended duration.
Provide and use safety equipment required by State and federal regulations.

                                           Equipment

00305.20 Survey Equipment - Furnish survey equipment required to accomplish the work
that meets the following requirements:

        Components designed to work together
        Suitable for the purpose intended
        Capable of achieving specified tolerances
        In good operating condition
        Maintained to meet manufacturers specifications
        Kept in proper adjustment throughout the duration of the Project

Submit documentation on survey equipment that is new to the industry, to the Engineer for
review 21 days prior to its use. The Engineer will evaluate the equipment and intended
application and provide approval or rejection within 21 days. Equipment may be used
immediately upon approval by the Engineer.

                                             Labor

00305.30 Personnel - Provide technically qualified personnel capable of performing
required tasks in a timely and accurate manner. Perform work under the direction and
review of the Surveyor.

The Surveyor is responsible for:

        Maintaining registration as a Professional Land Surveyor in the State of Oregon
        Performing or validating requirements for procedures and testing of equipment
        Maintaining familiarity with the site conditions and progress of the Project
        Becoming familiar with the plans and specifications
        Determining notes and documentation required for types of survey work
        Determining the accuracy required for each survey stake
        Using appropriate equipment and methods
        Keeping close communication with the Project inspector(s), Project Manager, and
         Agency survey crews working on the Project
        Being familiar with the varying construction survey requirements of each aspect of
         the Project, including the various bridge construction techniques when applicable
        Notifying the Project inspector of conflicts and changes necessary due to utilities,
         match point variations, design revisions, or other variables

The survey crew leader is responsible for:

        becoming familiar with the plans and specifications


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  58
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        keeping close communication with the Project inspector(s), Project Manager, and
         Agency survey crews working on the Project
        Notifying the Project inspector of conflicts and changes necessary due to utilities,
         match point variations, design revisions, or other variables

                                           Construction

00305.40 Construction Staking Tolerances - Set stakes or other devices at an adequate
frequency and within the following tolerances:

    Item                                           Horizontal                Vertical
    Box Culverts                               30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)     15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)
    Bridge Substructures                       10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)     10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)
    Bridge Superstructures                      5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)      5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Clearing and Grubbing Stakes              300 mm ( 1.00 ft.)                   n/a
    Construction Centerline Control Points  15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)                      n/a
    Construction Centerline Station Points  30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)                      n/a
    Curbs, Walks, and Bikepaths                10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)      5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Grade Stakes - Roadway Subgrade            50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)     15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)
    Grade Stakes - Top of Rock                 50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)     10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)
    Grade Stakes - Roadway Finish              30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)      5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Manholes, Inlets, and Culverts             30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)     10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)
    PCC Pavement                               30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)      5 mm ( 0.02 ft.)
    Slope Stakes and References               100 mm ( 0.30 ft.)     30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)
    Traffic Markings                           50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)                   n/a
    Walls - Retaining, MSE, Sound, etc.        30 mm ( 0.10 ft.)     15 mm ( 0.05 ft.)
    Wetland Mitigation Control Stakes          50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)     50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)
    Luminaire and Signal Poles (incl. ftgs.)  50 mm ( 0.20 ft.)      10 mm ( 0.03 ft.)

Miscellaneous items not listed above will have a horizontal and vertical tolerance of 50 mm
(0.20 foot), unless otherwise directed. Features that are to be constructed flush to another
surface should take on the same tolerance as that surface.

Tolerances for special circumstances will be discussed at the pre-survey meeting.

00305.41 Slope Stakes and References - Set slope stakes and references on both sides
of centerline at 20 m (50 foot) stations and at terrain breaks and changes in the typical
section. Establish slope stakes in the field as the actual point of intersection of the design
roadway slope with the existing ground line. Direct staking of the theoretical (computer
generated) slope stake catch point requires prior approval of the Engineer.

Set slope stake references farther out from centerline than the actual catch point. Include
all reference point and slope stake information on the reference stakes.

If an automated slope staking routine is intended to be used, the system shall be able to
perform the proper superelevation, lane transitions, and benching, as well as duplicate
other details in the design surface. The system shall record field modifications made to the
final catch slopes. Any modifications shall be recorded and provided to the Engineer.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     59
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Record the actual as staked (three dimensional) position of the slope and reference stakes.
Prepare field notes showing slope stake and reference information, and provide to the
Engineer.

00305.42 Clearing Limits - Set clearing limit stakes according to Section 00320. Space
clearing limit stakes at intervals not greater than 20 m (50 feet) or as directed.

00305.43 Grade Stakes - Set grade stakes or other control for grade elevation and
horizontal alignment. Set grade stakes at each grade break line. Set additional points at
intervals, as necessary, not to exceed the width of the grading equipment, or as approved
by the Engineer. Set these rows at 20 m (50 foot) stations or as required in special
situations, as in road connections and other areas where conditions require tighter spacing
of grade stakes to assure grade and alignment.

Measure and record confidence points upon completion of each course and prior to the
placement of the next course. Location and spacing of these confidence points shall be
such that they provide a reasonable record of the grade as constructed and placed at a
nominal rate of one confidence point for every 200 m2 (2,000 square feet) of grade.

Provide confidence point data in the form of an ASCII Coordinate File Format to the
Engineer for analysis. The Engineer may request additional confidence points if quantity,
distribution, or placement does not meet the stated criteria in this subsection and in the
confidence point location guidelines in 00305.01. The Engineer may choose to collect
additional confidence points using Agency personnel.

The Engineer will evaluate the grade using any combination of industry-standard
techniques and the standard Agency confidence point analysis procedure. The confidence
point analysis will use the tolerance value defined in 00305.40 for the particular course, and
will be deemed unacceptable if less than two-thirds of all confidence points meet the
tolerance or if any confidence points exceed the tolerance by a factor of three or more.

The Engineer will evaluate the grade and provide acceptance or rejection before the end of
the first business day following receipt of the confidence point data. Do not begin
placement of the next course until the Engineer has accepted the grade and approval is
given to proceed.

00305.44 Walls - Set stakes or other devices to control the location and elevation of walls,
including retaining walls, geotextile walls, wing walls, sound walls and other walls as
specified. Provide horizontal and vertical control for elements of wall(s) including but not
limited to footings, leveling pads, batter slope and direction, and top elevation. Stake
drainage facilities, electrical conduits, water pipes and other items shown or identified that
are to be integrated into the construction of the wall(s).

00305.45 Pipes and Culverts - Stake pipes and culverts to fit field conditions.         Their
location may be different from the plans. Perform the following:

        Determine the roadbed slope catch points at the inlet and outlet of pipes and
         culverts
        Set reference point offsets to pipes and culverts. Record information necessary to
         determine structure length and end treatments.
        Stake ditches or grade to make pipes and culverts functional


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   60
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        Complete a Culvert Data Sheet (Form 734-3247) according to Agency standards
        Submit a copy of the field notes to the Engineer by the next working day following
         completion of the staking work

00305.46 Box Culverts - Set stakes or other devices to control the location and elevation
of box culverts as specified. Provide horizontal and vertical control for elements of the box
culvert(s) including but not limited to footings, side walls, wing walls, weirs, fish ladders,
aprons and top elevation. Stake other drainage facilities, electrical conduits, water pipes,
and other items shown or identified that are to be integrated into the construction of the box
culvert(s). Stake ditches to make the box culvert(s) functional.

00305.47 Manholes and Inlets - Determine the location of manholes, inlets, siphon
boxes, slope protectors, and other similar structures. This may require an approved field
adjustment to the planned location in order to avoid obstacles or assure placement at the
low point. Determine the elevation of the center of the grate.

Set a stake referencing the center of the structure. Set a guard stake with the following
information written on it:

        Type of structure
        Centerline station
        Centerline offset
        Reference distance
        Cut or fill to top of structure
        Center of structure elevation

Establish a reference line to control the alignment of the structure. Record data on the
Culvert Data Sheet (Form 734-3247) containing staking information for the outlet pipe from
the specific drainage structure.

00305.49 Horizontal Control - Establish horizontal control stations using Theodolite/EDM
network or static GPS techniques. Least squares adjustments shall be applied to either
method. The use of traverses will be permitted only if approved by the Engineer.

Preserve all Agency provided and Contractor established horizontal control stations for the
life of the Project. If the horizontal control network cannot be preserved in its original
position during construction or if the Agency provided control stations are not of adequate
quantity or location, establish a secondary horizontal control network using the original
control as a basis. This secondary control network may then be used by the Contractor to
layout all construction items and may be used by the Agency for right-of-way
monumentation and for other purposes.

(a) General Specifications - Horizontal control networks shall conform to these general
requirements in addition to Theodolite/EDM or GPS specifications to follow.

    (1) Equipment:

            Use tripods for all occupations with theodolite, target, or GPS antenna
            Test all components and adjust according to manufacturer specifications




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   61
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    (2) Procedures:

            Include in field notes a detailed point description and vicinity sketch for each
             control station and survey monument established or used
            Perform a minimally and fully constrained Least Squares adjustment
            The line used for the basis of bearing shall be greater than 300 m (1,000 feet)
             unless approved by the Engineer
            Prior to using 2 points for the basis of bearing, perform an analysis to verify that
             the points are actually those indicated in the record
            Control station monuments shall conform to the requirements of the Agency
             "Right-of-Way Monumentation Policy" available from the Engineer
            If available, include at least three existing control stations in establishing any
             control network
            Establish a point identifier for each control point within the range of 1 - 399.
             Alphanumeric point identifiers up to eight characters may be used. Inscribe the
             point identifier on the monument.

    (3) Acceptance Standards - A least squares adjustment shall be accepted base on the
    following criteria for all specified tolerances.

            Two-thirds of all values shall be within the total tolerance
            100% of all values shall be within 3 times the total tolerance
            Tolerance for confidence regions at the 95% level is 15 mm (0.05 feet) + 50 ppm
             based on the shortest distance to the nearest unadjusted control station

    (4) Data Requirements:

            Field notes containing a detailed point description and vicinity sketch for each
             control station and survey monument established or used
            Minimally and fully constrained least squares adjustment reports

(b) Theodolite/EDM Networks:

    (1) Equipment:

            Use Theodolites with a maximum angular standard of error no greater than
              6 seconds
            Use EDMs with a maximum distance standard error no greater than  5 mm
             ( 0.02 feet)  5 ppm
            All components shall be of compatible accuracy and designed to be used
             together

    (2) Field Procedures:

            Include distance measurements with all observations unless impractical
            Have at least one redundant observation for every point in the network
            Triangulation, trilateration, and resection methods are acceptable




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      62
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    (3) Acceptance Tolerances:

            Tolerance for angle residuals is  3 seconds
            Tolerance for distance residuals is  5 mm ( 0.02 feet)  2 ppm

    (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network or
    circuit established:

            Raw Data Files - These are electronic data files containing original
             measurements produced by the Theodolite (total station). The file shall contain:

                 Observation data for each measurement, including:

                     point identifier
                     direction, plate reading, or horizontal angle
                     vertical or zenith angle
                     slope distance

                 Supplemental measurement data, including:

                     distance units recorded
                     angular units recorded
                     curvature and refraction correction applied
                     atmospheric correction applied
                     prism correction applied

                 Codes or instructions to the processing software on how to process the data

                 Atmospheric conditions at the time of the survey

                 Angular and distance units recorded, and whether the distance has been
                  corrected for curvature and refraction and/or atmospheric conditions

            Set Reduction Report - This report summarizes the reduction of the angle sets
             and mean distances.

            Least Squares Adjustment Reports - These reports contain details of the least
             squares adjustment, including a list of all angular and distance residuals,
             confidence region values at a 95% confidence level, and final adjusted
             coordinates.

(c) GPS Networks:

    (1) Equipment:

            GPS receivers shall be dual frequency geodetic receivers with a manufacturer-
             specified accuracy of  5 mm ( 0.02 feet)  1 ppm or better
            All components shall be of compatible accuracy and designed to be used
             together



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   63
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    (2) Field Procedures:

            Ensure that satellite geometry during the field observation phase is sufficient to
             produce accurate results. The geometric dilution of precision (GDOP) shall not
             be greater than 8.
            The number of healthy satellites being observed at any time shall be four or
             more
            The elevation mask shall be not less than 15 degrees
            Horizontal survey measurements, once completed, shall form a closed figure,
             and shall be connected to at least two existing horizontal control stations
            Network shall be comprised entirely of independent baselines
            Adjacent stations shall have direct connections
            Every station shall be connected to two or more stations
            Receiver documentation shall be followed for observation times and epoch
             intervals
            Each control station shall be occupied no less than twice, of which two
             occupations shall be separated from each other by time. Separation shall be
             measured start-time to start-time. Separation shall be 90 minutes or more from
             initial occupation and 90 minutes or more from any 12 hour multiple thereafter
             for 30 days. Additional occupations beyond two are not subject to time
             restrictions.
            Back-to-back occupations of 90 minutes or more shall be separated by off
             leveling and re-setting the tripod and rotation of the tribrach or leveling
             equipment by 120 degrees or more
            Stations closer together than 500 m (1,500 feet) shall be connected with
             terrestrial observations
            Inter-visible stations closer together than 1 km (3,000 feet) shall be connected
             with terrestrial observations

    (3) Acceptance Tolerances:

            Tolerance for linear residuals in latitude, longitude, and elevation is  15 mm
             ( 0.05 feet)

    (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network
    established:

            Receiver Independent Exchange (RINEX) Data Files - These are industry-
             standard non-proprietary electronic data files containing original data collected
             by the receiver. The provided files shall contain all data supported by both the
             RINEX file format and the equipment and software employed in the survey.
             Files provided shall include as a minimum:

                 GPS observation data file
                 GPS navigation message file

            Observation Log Sheet - This log includes, for each observation, start and stop
             times, and antenna height including measurement procedure.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    64
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

            Least Squares Adjustment Reports - These reports contain details of the least
             squares adjustment, including a list of all latitude, longitude, and height
             residuals, confidence region values at a 95% confidence level, and final
             adjusted coordinates.

(d) Traverses:

    (1) Equipment:

            Identical to requirements for Theodolite/EDM networks

    (2) Field Procedures:

            Include distance measurements with all observations unless impractical
            Close both traverse for angle and distance

    (3) Acceptance Standards:

    Closure shall be a minimum of 1:20,000 after angular adjustment and prior to
    coordinate adjustment.

    (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each traverse
    established:

            Adjustment Report - This report contains details of the traverse adjustment,
             including adjusted coordinates.

            Other Reports - All data required for Theodolite/EDM networks except least
             squares adjustment report.

00305.50 Vertical Control - Establish vertical control stations using differential leveling
and third order or better equipment and techniques. The development of vertical control by
techniques other than differential leveling must be approved by the Engineer. A least
squares adjustment shall be applied to each network of acceptable level circuits.

The Agency provided and Contractor established vertical control stations shall be preserved
for the life of the Project. If the vertical control network cannot be preserved in its original
position during construction or if the Agency provided control stations are not of adequate
quantity or location, establish a secondary vertical control network using the original control
as a basis. This secondary control network would then be used to layout all construction
items and may be used by the Agency for other purposes.

(a) Field Procedures:

        Use a compensated (or "automatic") optical level or compensated digital level
        Use precise non-adjustable rod(s) unless otherwise directed. Do not use "Lenker"
         or self-computing rods.
        Use a rod level with each rod
        Include a minimum of two published bench marks in each circuit unless otherwise
         directed



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     65
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        If the circuit between benches does not close within the tolerance stated below,
         close circuit back to the starting point
        If the use of one benchmark is approved, close circuit back to the starting point
        Select turning points that are firm, solid objects with a defined high point. Set a nail,
         spike, or stake if no existing items are acceptable. Turning plates with a weight of
         not less than 2 kg (4.5 pounds) may be used.
        Balance backsight and foresight distances to within 10 m (30 feet) on each setup
         and to within 10 m (30 feet) on the entire circuit
        Make a record of the rod reading(s) and the observation distance on each sighting
        Set TBMs near significant construction items (bridges, intersections, and other
         locations where elevations will be needed) and not more than 300 m (1,000 feet)
         apart throughout the Project
        Select TBM monuments that are firm, solid objects with a defined high point, not
         likely to be moved by human or natural influences, readily identifiable, and out of the
         path of construction. Do not use fire hydrants, guardrails, highway signs, or nails or
         spikes in utility poles or fence posts.
        Include detailed point descriptions and vicinity sketch in field notes
        Take field notes when recording measurements electronically. Include data and
         information not electronically measured and recorded.
        Apply a vertical least squares adjustment to allowable errors. The use of
         proportional distribution of error may be used if approved by the Engineer.

(b) Acceptance Standards - Each leveling circuit shall be accepted based on the "point-to-
point" or "closed-loop" limits described below. A single least squares adjustment shall be
applied to the observations in the leveling circuits meeting the acceptance standards

        Accept point to point circuit based on the following. Error of closure shall be no
         greater than:

                      METRIC                                                ENGLISH

          Allowable Error  12 mm D                               Allowable Error  0.05 ft. D

         D = Shortest level line distance in kilometers (miles)

        If a closed loop, the error of closure shall be no greater than:

                      METRIC                                                ENGLISH

           Allowable Error  8 mm E                               Allowable Error  0.035 ft. E

         E = Perimeter of level loop in kilometers (miles)




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                          66
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

(c) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network or circuit
established:

        Raw Data - These are hand written field notes or hand written field notes
         accompanied by electronic data files containing original measurements produced by
         the level. The file shall contain:

            Data for each measurement, including a:

                 point identifier (within a range of 400 - 499 and also inscribed on the
                  monument)
                 rod reading
                 observation distance

            Supplemental measurement data, including:

                 distance units recorded
                 curvature and refraction correction applied

        Level Computation Report - This report contains the computation of unadjusted
         elevations, observation distance imbalances, computer allowable error, and closure
         error.

        Level Adjustment Report - This report contains the adjustment details, including
         residual values, adjusted elevations and standard errors.

        ASCII Elevation Data File

00305.51 Bridges - Set stakes, nails, or other devices to control the location and elevation
of the various parts of bridges and progressive phases of construction. Provide horizontal
and vertical control for all elements of bridge construction. Stake drainage facilities,
electrical conduits, water and sewer pipes, pedestrian and bicycle facilities, traffic signal
and sign supports, illumination devices, and other items shown or identified that are to be
integrated into the construction of the bridge.

Identify marks or provide field notes or reports to the Engineer. Such provision of
information shall be adequate for the Engineer to review the location and elevation of the
mark for the intended purpose prior to incorporating material that is based on the mark.

(a) Bridge Survey Control Stations - Use the smallest number of original Project control
stations as is practical for establishing positions and reference points for bridge construction
on one bridge. Use of multiple control stations will increase the probability of incorporating
error into the construction. Use control stations that are as closely related mathematically
as practical. The Contractor may establish additional control stations as necessary to
complete the survey work. Additional control stations shall be established in such a manner
as to provide the accuracy needed to meet the tolerances in 00305.40.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     67
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Original Project control stations shall be used only after the following evaluation is
completed for each bridge:

        Supply a list of original Project horizontal and vertical control stations intended by
         the Contractor to be used in establishing positions on a given bridge
        Measure relative positions of original Project horizontal control stations intended to
         be used
        Measure elevation differences between original Project vertical control stations
         intended to be used
        Supply horizontal and vertical measurement data to the Engineer
        Compare measured values with those computed from original horizontal network
         coordinates and vertical network elevations
        Any discrepancy of concern to either the Contractor or the Engineer will be resolved
         before that combination of control stations is used

(b) Layout Marks and Reference Points:

    (1) Substructure - Stake, reference, or otherwise identify locations, orientations, and
    elevations necessary for placement of substructure components, including but not
    limited to cofferdams, pilings (including batter), footings, columns, abutments, caps,
    cross beams, bearing devices, temporary supports or falsework, and excavations and
    embankments associated with any of the above.

    Verify and document the locations, elevations and spatial relationships with adjacent
    substructure components. On bridges where prefabricated beams will be used,
    measure and document span lengths between bearing devices at each beam location
    as soon as practical. Supply a copy of such documentation to the Engineer for review
    before the next stage of construction.

    Compute the final elevations after studying the plans, specifications, and shop
    drawings. Adjust the grades as needed to compensate for camber of prefabricated
    beams, chording of beams across the low side of superelevations, width of flat beams
    on superelevated surfaces, and any other factor resulting from design or construction
    methods.

    (2) Superstructure - Stake, reference or otherwise identify locations, orientations, and
    elevations necessary for placement of superstructure components including but not
    limited to beams, girders, diaphragms, earthquake restraints, deck, rails, structure
    mounted traffic control and illumination devices, and concrete forms, temporary
    supports and falsework associated with any of the above.

    Stake alignment of structure as needed at each stage of construction. Stake alignment
    of poured-in-place items at 3 m (10 foot) stations or as established by the Engineer.
    Stake alignment for the following items as needed to maintain the horizontal tolerance
    defined in 00305.40:

            Outside edge of girder(s)
            Face(s) or centerline(s) of internal girders or stem walls
            Edge of deck
            Alignment of grade breaks



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    68
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

            Pedestrian and bicycle facilities
            Rails and railings

    Stake grades at each stage of construction. Stake grade of poured-in-place items at
    3 m (10 foot) stations, or as established by the Engineer. Apply corrections to design
    grades based on the dynamics of the evolving structure. Corrections that may be
    required depend upon the design of the bridge and the construction methods employed.
    Provide correction values to the Engineer at least 15 working days prior to incorporating
    into the structure. The following list is examples of possible corrections:

            Design camber (upward adjustment to compensate for anticipated deflection)
            Structural deflection (deflection of the bridge under its own increasing weight)
            Post tensioning lift (upward movement of the bridge under post tensioning
             forces)
            Structural shifting (dynamics of the bridge under eccentric loading)
            Falsework deflection (deflection of falsework beams under increasing weight)
            Falsework crush (compression of falsework supports under increasing weight)
            Form crush (compression of forms under increasing weight)
            Equipment deflection (deflection of deck finishing machine or deck rails)
            Other adjustments to staked value to achieve the design grade

(c) Bridge Deck Grades - Set stakes or other devices to control the deck grade elevations.
The exact process will depend upon the type of deck and the equipment being used. Stake
and construct finished deck grades within the tolerances of 00305.40.

    (1) Portland Cement Concrete Deck - The surveyor and survey crew leader shall
    attend the first of the two deck pre-placement conferences, described in 00540.02(a),
    required for each deck placement.

    Control of a PCC deck may involve significant work with the deck placement crew to
    establish control for a deck finishing machine. Rails for supporting the deck finishing
    machine are generally set up on either side of the deck. Each rail is held up by
    adjustable supports every 2 m (5 feet). Adjust the rail at each support to the desired
    grade while the rail is supporting the weight of the finishing machine. Corrections may
    need to be applied as listed in 00305.51(b-2).

    (2) Asphaltic Concrete Deck - Control of an AC deck will not generally involve as
    many variables as PCC. An AC deck serves as a wearing surface, but not a structural
    component. Asphaltic concrete will frequently be used as filler to create the desired
    superelevations when flat beams form the superstructure. Stake control of the finish
    grade like any asphalt finish grade. Under some circumstances, design camber and
    structural deflection may need to be considered.

00305.52 Pavements - Set stakes or other control devices to control the location and
elevation of asphalt and PCC pavement as shown. Provide surveying or survey-related
activity necessary to control grade, thickness, and smoothness as required.

00305.53 Signs, Signals, and Illumination - Determine the exact location of posts, poles,
cabinets, junction boxes, detectors and other similar appurtenances and their relative
location to roadway features such as edge of pavement, curbs, sidewalks, sidewalk ramps,


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  69
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

lane lines, etc., by means of field measurements. This may require an approved field
adjustment to the planned location in order to avoid obstacles or ensure its placement in a
functional location. Field verify length of poles, posts, mast arms, and tenon locations and
field verify orientation of triangular bases for poles, and submit documentation to the
Engineer.

Set a stake referencing the center of the item.            Set a guard stake with the following
information written on it:

        Description of item (by plan number if applicable)
        Centerline station
        Centerline offset distance
        Cut or fill from reference point (and what point the cut or fill is to)
        Intended elevation

If the orientation of the item is significant and is not clear, establish a reference line for the
skew of the item.

                                             Temporary

00305.60 Temporary Protection and Direction of Traffic - Provide all work zone signing
conforming to "ODOT Signing and Flagging Standards for Short Term Work Zones 1998"
and "Short Term Traffic Control Handbook for ODOT Survey Crews 1998".

Signs for use by the survey crew may be constructed of plywood, sheet aluminum or fabric.
Signs, flaggers and flagger equipment shall conform to the requirements of Section 00225.


                                  Maintenance and Monumentation

00305.70 Preservation of Survey Markers:

(a) Project Control Points Established by the Engineer - Maintain, relocate or replace
existing survey monuments, control points, and stakes, as determined by the Engineer.
Perform the work to produce the same level of accuracy as the original monument(s) in a
timely manner, and at the Contractor‟s expense.

(b) Monuments of Record - Preserve survey monuments according to 00170.90, and ORS
209.140 and 209.150. If such monuments are to be disturbed or destroyed, comply with
requirements of these ORS at the Contractor‟s expense.

00305.71 Project Monumentation - The Contractor will not be responsible for performing
right-of-way monumentation.

                                           Measurement

00305.80 General - No separate measurement will be made for construction survey work.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       70
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                           Payment

00305.90 General - Payment for performing construction survey work will be made at the
Contract lump sum amount for the item "Construction Survey Work".

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all material, equipment, labor, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work as specified. Payment includes all temporary protection
and direction of traffic measures including flaggers and signing necessary for the
performance of the construction survey work.

No separate payment will be made for preparing surveying documents including but not
limited to office time, preparing and checking survey notes, and all other related preparation
work.

The amount to be allowed for "Construction Survey Work" in the progress payments will not
be in excess of the reasonable value of the surveying work performed under this
specification as said reasonable value is estimated by the Engineer.

Costs incurred as a result of survey errors will be borne by the Contractor. Such costs
include price adjustments for failure to meet requirements of the construction specifications,
repair or removal and replacement of deficient product, and over-run of material.


          SECTION 00310 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS


Comply with Section 00310 of the Standard Specifications.


                          SECTION 00320 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING


Comply with Section 00320 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00320.00 Scope - Add the following:

Grubbing shall occur only with prior approval of the Engineer.

00320.40(a)       Clearing Trees and Other Vegetation - Add the following:

    Some trees will remain the property of the Landowner. These trees will be marked for
    cutting and stockpiling by the Engineer. These trees are to be limbed prior to
    stockpiling. Stockpile location will determine by the Engineer during construction.
    Remaining stumps, limbs, and unusable portions of the tree will become property of the
    Contractor.

00320.40(b)       Preserving and Trimming Vegetation - Add the following subsection:

    (4) Trees To Be Saved - The Engineer will identify and marks trees to be saved.
    Provide and place orange plastic mesh fencing, from the QPL, around critical root


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   71
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    zones of marked trees or tree groups as directed. Do not begin construction activity or
    move equipment into existing tree areas until the plastic mesh fencing is in place.

    Do not work within the critical root zone of marked trees unless written approval is
    obtained from the Engineer. Be responsible for any damage to or removal of marked
    trees. Tree damage will be determined by a certified arborist selected by the Engineer.

00320.40(b-3) Tree Trimming - Add the following:

Minor pruning of trees shall be permitted to allow passage of equipment as approved by the
Engineer.

Flail mowers will be prohibited.

00320.42(a)       Burning - Delete this subsection.   Burning will not be allowed on this
Project.

00320.90 Incidental Basis - No separate or additional payment will be made for plastic
mesh fencing required by 00320.40(b-4).


                                   SECTION 00330 - EARTHWORK


Comply with Section 00330 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00330.03 Basis of Performance - Perform all earthwork under this Section on the
excavation basis.

00330.14 Selected Stone Backfill - Delete the last sentence beginning “Reclaimed
Glass…”.

00330.15 Selected Granular Backfill - Delete the last sentence beginning “Reclaimed
Glass…”.

00330.16 Stone Embankment Material - Replace the first paragraph in (a) with the
following:

(a) Requirements - An unweathered, hard, durable free draining angular material, visibly
well graded from coarse to fine with the maximum size between 203 mm (8 inches) and 102
mm (4 inches).

Add the following subsection:

00330.21 Vibratory Rollers - If specified, use vibratory rollers having a smooth drum and
exerting a dynamic force of at least 134 kN (30,000 pounds) per impact and operating at a
frequency of at least 1000 vibrations per minute. Limit roller speed to no more than
2.5 km/h (1 1/2 mph).




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                72
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00330.43(b-2-c) Deflection Requirement - Replace this subsection with the following:

         c. Deflection Requirement - In addition to moisture density testing, test each
         compacted layer for deflection according to ODOT TM 158. Conduct at least one
         deflection test for each meter (3 feet), or portion of a meter (3 feet), of embankment
         placed. If the layer being tested exhibits any yielding, deflection, reaction or
         pumping, rework the area to provide acceptable test results prior to placement of
         any additional material.

         Conduct deflection tests on the finish grade of all subgrades prior to placement of
         any base or subbase materials. The Engineer will witness the deflection testing on
         finished subgrade. Do not place base or subbase materials on the finished
         subgrade until approved by the Engineer.

         Using forms approved by the Agency, provide a signed test report to the Engineer at
         the end of each shift after completing the test. All embankment constructed thicker
         than one meter (3 feet) without deflection testing shall be removed and replaced at
         the Contractor's expense.

00330.43(c) Non-Moisture-Density Testable Materials - Replace this subsection with
the following:

(c) Non-Moisture Density Testable Materials - Place and compact materials that are not
moisture-density testable because rock fragments in the material prevent moisture-density
testing as follows:

        Place non-moisture density testable material in nearly horizontal layers with
         thickness not exceeding 300 mm (12 inches).

        Water or aerate the material to ensure each layer can be compacted to form a
         dense mass, free of pumping.

        Compact each layer uniformly with a minimum of four full coverages using a smooth
         drum vibratory roller.

Add the following subsection:

00330.43(d) Small, Irregular Fill Areas - The density requirements of 00330.43 do not
apply to irregular fill areas that have a total volume of no more than 100 m³ (150 cubic
yards) outside of the travel lanes. Construct these areas according to the following:

        Place embankment material in nearly horizontal layers with thickness not exceeding
         200 mm (8 inches).

        Water or aerate the material to ensure each layer does not deflect under the action
         of the roller used for compaction.

        Compact each layer using a roller appropriate to the material being placed and as
         directed. Use a smooth drum vibratory roller for sands and gravels; use a




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    73
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         sheepsfoot or tamping foot roller for silts and clays. The Engineer will determine the
         classification of the embankment soil.

        Compact each layer uniformly with a minimum of five full coverages of the specified
         roller.

        In areas not accessible to rollers, use compaction equipment suitable for the area
         and compact each layer with sufficient coverages to produce a firm unyielding
         surface.

Add the following subsection:

00330.71 Daily Progress Reports - For        projects that have a total combined earthwork
quantity of more than 2000 m³ (2,500          cubic yards) provide daily progress reports
documenting the quantities of materials       placed or removed and a summary of tests
performed. Use report forms approved by      the Agency. Submit the reports to the Engineer
at least weekly.

00330.80 General - Replace the first bulleted item with the following:

        Be m3 (cubic yard) volumes based on ODOT's digital terrain model (DTM)
         calculated by End Area Volume, or by other methods of equivalent accuracy.

Add the following bulleted item:

        Not include the earthwork for driveways and road approaches. Earthwork for
         driveways and road approaches will be that which is outside the neat line limits
         shown on the typical section(s).

00330.92 Kinds of Incidental Earthwork - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

(i) Driveway and Road Approaches - Earthwork outside the neat lines as shown on the
Typical Sections, necessary to construct driveways and road approaches.


                 SECTION 00335 - BLASTING METHODS AND PROTECTION
                            OF EXCAVATION BACKSLOPES


Comply with Section 00335 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

Add the following subsections:

00335.02 Subsurface Investigation - The Soil and Geological Exploration Logs are
available for review through the Engineer‟s office. The data shown is interpreted from the
borings and geotechnical testing.

Subsurface conditions may vary between boring locations. Core samples and laboratory
test results are available for review by contacting Engineer.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    74
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

The Foundation Data shown in the contract plans is a compilation of information including,
but not limited to, the Soil and Geological Exploration Logs.

00335.03 Contractor Qualifications - Contractor shall be experience with projects of
similar size and type. Contractor shall use experienced, competent supervisor(s) for all
blasting operations. Such person(s) shall possess all required Federal, State, and local
licenses and/or permits.

The Contractor shall be experienced with the anticipated subsurface conditions and employ
methods suitable for various materials anticipated.

00335.04 Safety Plan - Contractor shall submit a Safety Plan conforming to all Federal,
State, local, and Agency guidelines. The Safety Plan shall be submitted to the Agency and
the Engineer for approval not less than 14 days prior to drilling and blasting. The Safety
Plan shall include, but not limited to control of highway and railroad traffic before, during,
and after blasting, inspection of roadway(s) and railroad(s) following blasting, necessary
roadway signs, and worker safety.

Contractor shall institute a system of audible signals to warn of impending blast.

Contractor shall erect signboards of adequate size stating that blasting is taking place in the
area. Such signs shall be clearly visible at all points of access to the area and shall clearly
describe audible signal system for warning of impending blast.

Prior to when blasting is to occur, the Contractor shall provide 48-hour notice to all
residents located within 0.4 km (0.25 miles) of the blast site.


                                     SECTION 00340 - WATERING


Comply with Section 00340 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00340.10 Water - Add the following:

Most adjudicated water is limited to agricultural uses, so there may not be any water
sources in the immediate area of the Project available for the Contractor's use.


                          SECTION 00345 - WATER QUALITY FACILITY


Section 00345 which is not a Standard Specification is included in this project by special
provision.

                                            Description

00345.00 Scope - This work consists of constructing a water quality pond, excavation,
energy dissipaters and weir discharge and overflow structure to the dimensions, lines, and



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    75
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

grades as shown and as directed by the Engineer. The work also includes any bypass of
flow necessary during construction and establishment of vegetation.

                                            Materials

00345.10 Materials - Materials shall meet the following requirements:

         Excavation and Embankment …………………………………………..00330
         Geosynthetics …………………………………………………………….00350
         Riprap …………………………………………………………………..…00390

                                           Construction

00345.40 General - Construct the water quality pond as shown or as directed. Perform
earthwork according to Section 00330. Be aware excavated material may not be suitable
for embankment or backfill. Dispose of unsuitable materials according to 00330.41(a-4)
and 00330.41(a-6).

If any water quality or detention facility is used for erosion and sediment control measures
during construction, all accumulated sediments shall be removed and the facility will be
restored per plans and specifications, prior to release of final payment for the facility.

The pond bottom shall be constructed as indicated without ruts or other surface
imperfections capable of channeling water flows.

                                           Maintenance

00345.65 Water Quality Pond Establishment - Establish and maintain the water quality
pond, repair damages according to good horticultural practice under prevailing conditions.
                                     Measurement

 00345.80 General - There will be no separate measurement for construction of the work
 in this section. For bidding purposes, it is estimated that the work of constructing the water
 quality pond, energy dissipaters, and weir discharge and overflow structure, as shown, will
 consist of the following items:

                              Item                                 Quantities
             Excavation                                             2,300 m³
             Class 25 Riprap                                          34 m³
             Type 1 Riprap Geotextile                                102 m²
             Flow Bypass                                          As Necessary

                                            Payment

00345.90 General - Payment for the bid items "Water Quality Facility” will be made on the
lump sum basis. If bypass of storm flows is required during construction that shall be
considered incidental to payment for Water Quality Facility. Payment will include those
items listed above. Payment also includes all material, tools, equipment, labor and
incidentals necessary to perform the work as shown, specified and directed.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    76
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                       SECTION 00350 - GEOSYNTHETIC INSTALLATION


Comply with Section 00350 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00350.10 General - Provide manufacturer's certifications complying with 02320.10(c) for
the following geosynthetic(s):

                                                          Certification
                           Geotextile                      Level B

                      Drainage, Type 2....................... X
                      Subgrade .................................. X
                      Riprap, Type 1........................... X
                      Riprap, Type 2........................... X


                              SECTION 00390 - RIPRAP PROTECTION


Comply with Section 00390 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00390.11(b) Test Requirements - Under the "Material Test" column, replace "Soundness
(ODOT TM 206)" with "Soundness (AASHTO T 104)".




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                            77
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

           SECTION 00405 - TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL


Comply with Section 00405 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00405.46(c-2) Class A, B, C, or D Backfill - In the paragraph that begins "Determine the
maximum density…", replace "WAQTC TM 9" with "AASHTO T 99".

00405.90 General - Add the following pay item:

                    Pay Item                                   Unit of Measurement

          (e) Ditch Excavation……….………………………….…….m³ (Cubic Yards)


                             SECTION 00430 - SUBSURFACE DRAINS


Comply with Section 00430 of the Standard Specifications.


                     SECTION 00440 - COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE


Comply with Section 00440 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00440.12 Tolerance and Limits of CGC Mixtures - In the Compressive Strength bulleted
item, change the English value from "(3,300 psi)" to "(3,000 psi)".

00440.14(d) Hardened CGC - In the first sentence, replace "00540.16(d)" with
"00540.17(c)".

00440.30 Quality Control Personnel - Delete the first bulleted item. Add the following
bulleted item:

        CSTT - Concrete Strength Testing Technician

00440.40(b)       Placing - Add the following bulleted item:

        For sign supports, signal supports, and luminaire supports, place concrete
         according to 00540.48(a).

00440.40(c)       Forms - Add the following paragraph:

For sign supports, signal supports, and luminaire supports, remove forms and perform
subsequent loading according to Table 00540-1.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                             78
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

              SECTION 00442 - CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALS


Comply with Section 00442 of the Standard Specifications.


  SECTION 00445 - SANITARY, STORM, CULVERT, SIPHON AND IRRIGATION PIPE


Comply with Section 00445 of the Standard Specifications.


                SECTION 00470 - MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS AND INLETS


Comply with Section 00470 of the Standard Specifications.


           SECTION 00490 - WORK ON EXISTING SEWERS AND STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00490 of the Standard Specifications.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                             79
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                SECTION 00501 - BRIDGE REMOVAL


Comply with Section 00501 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00501.00 Scope - Remove the existing bridges over the South Umpqua River and
Highway OR99 (Shady) located south in the City of Roseburg as shown in the plans,
specified herein, or as approved by the Engineer.

    Remove the following structures:

    Br No. 07713A SB South Umpqua River & CORP
    Br No. 07713C NB South Umpqua River & CORP
    Br No. 07714A SB and NB Hwy 1 over Hwy 234

    Remove the existing bridge over Highway OR99 (Shady) after construction of the new
    northbound structure is complete. Removal shall include, but not be limited to, the
    superstructure and the substructure (including abutments, footings, and interior bents)
    of the existing structure. Removal at Bent 2 shall include removal of the columns and
    superstructure above 0.3 meters below the existing grade. The existing footings and
    columns 0.3 meters below the existing grade shall be protected and left in place. The
    telephone utility lines approximately 1.0 meter south of existing structure Bent 2
    columns will need to remain and be protected in place.

    Remove the existing headwall and wingwalls on Structure Br 07712.

Add the following subsection:

00501.02 Plans - Plans of the existing structure are available for viewing at the office of
the Engineer. Prints of these plans are available upon request.

00501.03 Conservation Measure:

(a) Submit a complete, detailed plan for removal of the existing bridge and work access
    structures and temporary falsework platforms for review 21 days prior to bridge removal
    activities. Contact the Engineer at least three working days prior to commencement of
    these activities. The Contractor‟s attention is specially directed to the need for special
    care in demolition work. Provide such shoring, bracing, barricades, fencing, and other
    devices as may be required, and exercise necessary precautions as required to fully
    protect pedestrian, vehicular, and navigation traffic, to minimize disturbance to the
    regulated work area and waterway, and to prevent damage to the new bridge.

(b) Implement necessary measures to prevent construction debris from falling into the
    regulated work area (any stream). If material enters the regulated work area, the
    Engineer shall be called onsite to determine the method of removal that will pose the
    least hazard to the stream, species, habitat or flowing water. Remove material(s) that
    enter the regulated work area in a manner that has a minimum impact on the
    streambed, water quality, fish and their habitat(s).




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   80
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

(c) Within the regulated work area, prevent, either by selection of process or by methods
    designed to catch and retain, any rubble from demolition of the existing bridge
    superstructure or piers from falling into the regulated work area. These activities are
    restricted to the ODFW in-water work period.

(d) The Engineer reserves the right to require the Contractor to change the demolition
    methods and equipment, at no additional cost to the Department, if and when, in the
    opinion of the Engineer, such methods jeopardize the safety of traffic or the integrity of
    the new structure or destroy aquatic life in the regulated work area.

(e) If the bridge is to be removed during the nesting period of Avian Species (March 1 to
    September 1), a harmless method of preventing the birds from nesting prior to this time
    period must be approved by the Engineer. If Netting is used, the mesh opening shall
    not exceed 9.5 mm.

(f) If the bridge is to be removed during the period of May 1 to September 1, restrict bat
    occupancy to the bridge structure through the installation of approved structures or
    devices that are harmless to bats and prevent them from entering crevices of the
    bridge, such as fabric draped across the front of crevices, or boards attached to the
    bridge to close such crevices.

(g) The coating on steel members of the existing structure contains a red lead pigment
    primer, comply with the requirements of Section 00594, federal, state, and local
    regulations and requirements applicable to bridge removal and disposal, and to worker
    health and safety as part of the work.

(h) Be prepared to remove equipment and materials from the regulated work area if the
    river rises unexpectedly during demolition. All equipment shall be operated in the dry or
    on the equipment deck spanning the regulated work area.

(i) No water jetting will be permitted or this project.

(j) No underwater blasting will be permitted for this project.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   81
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

               SECTION 00510 - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL


Comply with Section 00510 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00510.83 Structure Excavation (Lump Sum Basis) - The estimated quantity of structure
excavation is:

                Location                               Structure Excavation
                                                               (m3)

    NB River Bridge No. 19738                                   513

    SB River Bridge No. 19739                                 1 606

    Pedestrian Bridge No. 19742                                   70

    Cattle Pass (RCBC) Extension Br. No. 07712                   37

00510.84 Structure Excavation Below Elevations Shown - Replace the first sentence of
this subsection with the following:

Structure excavation below elevation shown will be determined according to 00510.94(a) or
00510.94(b) as appropriate.

00510.86 Granular Wall/Structure Backfill - Replace this subsection with the following:

00510.86 Granular Wall/Structural Backfill (Lump Sum Basis) - No separate
measurement will be made for granular wall backfill or granular structure backfill. The
estimated quantities of granular wall/structure backfill are:

                Location                               Granular Wall Backfill
                                                               (m3)

    NB River Bridge No. 19738                                 662
    SB River Bridge No. 19739                                 575

    NB Hwy 99 Bridge No. 19740                                  60
    SB Hwy 99 Bridge No. 19741                                  60

    Cattle Pass (RCBC) Extension Br. No. 07712                  33

                Location                            Granular Structure Backfill
                                                               (m3)

    Pedestrian Bridge No. 19742                                 13

    Cattle Pass (RCBC) Extension Br. No. 07712                  11




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                              82
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00510.96 Granular Wall/Structure Backfill - Replace this subsection with the following:

00510.96 Granular Wall/Structure Backfill (Lump Sum Basis) - Payment for granular
wall backfill and granular structure backfill will be made at the Contract lump sum amount
for the items "Granular Wall Backfill" or "Granular Structure Backfill", as applicable.

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, and
incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               83
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                   SHORING DESIGN CHECKLIST

Instructions - This shoring design checklist was developed to facilitate the design, review,
and erection of shoring to be used for ODOT bridge construction projects. This checklist is
intended to act as a reminder to design or check for specific important aspects of this
construction. It is not a substitute for plan and/or design criteria or specification
requirements.

The Checklist is to be completed and signed by the shoring design engineer. Answer every
question. Attach to the Checklist an explanation of any negative responses.

Submit the Checklist according to 00510.04.

                                                                           YES     NO     N/A

A.         Contract Plans, Specifications, Permits, etc.

     1.    Are the shoring plans prepared, stamped, and signed by an
           engineer registered to practice in Oregon?                      ____   ____    ____

     2.    Have three copies (five copies if railroad approval is
           required) of the complete design calculations accompanied
           the shoring drawings submittal?                                 ____   ____    ____

     3.    Are shoring plans in compliance with the requirements of
           the construction plans general notes?                           ____   ____    ____

     4.    Are shoring plans in compliance with contract plan
           structural details?                                             ____   ____    ____

     5.    Are shoring plans in compliance with the requirements of
           the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction,
           subsection 00150.35?                                            ____   ____    ____

     6.    Are all existing, adjusted or new utilities in proximity with
           the proposed shoring shown on the shoring plans and is
           protection of these utilities addressed?                        ____   ____    ____

     7.    Are clearance requirements satisfied and shown on the
           shoring plans?                                                  ____   ____    ____

B.         Loads

     1.    Are the magnitude and location of all loads, equipment and
           personnel that will be supported by the shoring shown or
           noted on the shoring plans?                                     ____   ____    ____

     2.    Are design loads and material properties used to determine
           design stresses shown for each different shoring member
           shown on the shoring plans?                                     ____   ____    ____



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 84
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

     3.    Does the shoring design assume water saturated soil
           pressure acts on the full height of the shoring?                ____   ____   ____

     4.    Has percolation into the excavation been addressed?             ____   ____   ____

C.         Allowable Stresses

     1.    Have the design loads used for shoring design of all
           members been noted in the design calculations?                  ____   ____   ____

     2.    Are the allowable stress and the calculated stress listed in
           the summary for each different shoring member?                  ____   ____   ____

D.         Timber Construction

     1.    Are timber grades consistent with material to be delivered
           to the construction site and noted on shoring drawings and
           in accompanying calculations for all timber shoring
           material?                                                       ____   ____   ____

     2.    If "rough" lumber is specified for shoring by the shoring
           designer are the actual lumber dimensions used in
           calculations shown?                                             ____   ____   ____

E.         Steel Construction

     1.    Are steel structural shapes and plates identified by ASTM
           number on the shoring plans and in the calculations?            ____   ____   ____

     2.    Have steel beams been checked for bending, shear, web
           crippling and buckling of the compression flange?               ____   ____   ____

F.         Compression Members, Bracing, Members
           and Connections

     1.    Has general buckling been evaluated for all compression
           members?                                                        ____   ____   ____

     2.    Has bracing been provided at all points of assumed support
           for compression members?                                        ____   ____   ____

     3.    Is bracing strength and stiffness sufficient for the intended
           purpose?                                                        ____   ____   ____

     4.    Have all connections been designed and detailed?                ____   ____   ____


_________________________                  _______________
Designer's Signature                       Date




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 85
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                SECTION 00512 - DRILLED SHAFTS


Comply with Section 00512 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00512.02 Subsurface Investigation - In the first paragraph, replace the second sentence
beginning with “The data shown…” with the following:

The data shown is interpreted from the borings and geotechnical testing.

00512.03 Containment/Spoils Removal System - Work consists of designing and
constructing a system to contain both cuttings and fluids derived from drill shaft work.
Design system shall be submitted to the Engineer, a minimum of 21 days prior start of drill
shaft work.

System shall be designed to assist in the disposal of both cuttings and fluids in accordance
with these special provisions and direction of the Engineer.

Design questions regarding containment system may be directed to David K. Rankin of Geo
Design Inc. Phone No. 503-968-8787.

00512.13 Steel Casing - Replace the last sentence beginning “Use casing with…” with the
following:

Use casing with an outside diameter not less than the specified drilled shaft diameter.

00512.14(b)       Synthetic Slurries - Add the following:

The following synthetic slurries may be used:

        Slurry Pro CDF manufacturered by KB Technologies Ltd., 735 Broad Street, Suite
         216, Chattanooga, TN 37402
        Super Mud manufactured by PDS Company, 8140 East Rosecrans Avenue,
         Paramount, CA 90723
        Shore Pac GCV manufactured by CETCO, 1350 West Shure Drive, Arlington
         Heights, IL 60004

Other synthetic slurry products may be used if approved.

Add the following subsections:

00512.15 Crosshole Sonic Logging (CSL) Test Access Tubes - Provide CSL access
tubes conforming to the following:

Access tubes shall be at least 50 mm (2 inch) inside diameter Schedule 40 pipe conforming
to ASTM A53, Grade A or B, Type E, F, or S.

Use access tubes having a round, regular inside diameter free of defects and obstructions,
including all pipe joints, in order to permit the free, unobstructed passage of the 33 mm
(1 5/16 inch) maximum diameter source and receiver probes used for the testing. Ensure


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  86
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

that access tubes are watertight, free from corrosion with clean internal and external faces
to ensure good bonding between the drilled shaft concrete and the access tubes. Fit the
access tubes with watertight caps on the top and bottom.

Access tube acceptance will be based on manufacturer‟s certification that the furnished
material meets the requirements of this Specification.

00512.42 Crosshole Sonic Logging Tests - Test the completed drilled shaft foundations
using crosshole sonic logging (CSL) after at least one day of curing time. Test the first
drilled shaft completed at each bridge and subsequent shaft as determined and directed.
The CSL tests shall be performed by a company listed in (d) or an Agency-approved
independent testing organization retained by the Contractor. Approval or rejection for the
first drill shaft constructed will be given after the CSL tests have been performed and the
results reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Concrete placement in subsequent shaft
exacavtion shall not be allowed until the first shaft has been tested and approved.

(a) CSL Testing Equipment and Access - Furnish all testing equipment and personnel
experienced in operating the CSL testing equipment. The CSL testing equipment shall be
approved by the Engineer. At the request of the testing firm, the Contractor shall provide
vehicle access or a rain and windproof shelter for a noise-free steady power source
(1.25+kW, 110 V, 60 Hz AC). The shelter shall be enclosed, weather tight, and capable of
being heated, if necessary, to maintain a temperature of at least 16°C. The shelter shall be
located within 15 meters of the testing operation.

(b) CSL Testing and Analysis - Retain a qualified CSL testing company from the list in
(d). The person performing the CSL testing shall be trained in the operation of CSL
equipment and have at least one year of experience in operating CSL testing equipment.
All CSL testing shall be performed by the Contractor‟s CSL technician in the presence of
the Engineer.

Provide a brief summary report of the data, with interpretation of the test results, to the
Engineer at the completion of each test. Provide copies of the test data files if requested.
Mark the test data files to identify the pier number, the date of CSL testing, depth of testing
and any other pertinent information.

(c) Contractor’s Report - Submit three copies of the final reports acceptable to the
Engineer summarizing the CSL testing, analysis and results for each of the shafts. All
reports shall be submitted to the Engineer within three working days of the performance of
the tests on the shaft for acceptance or rejection of the shaft.

(d) CSL Testing Companies - Submit the proposed CSL testing company for the
Engineer‟s approval at least seven days prior to performing the work. The following CSL
firms are provided for information only, subject to the Engineer‟s approval:

    1. Olsen Engineering, Inc.
       14818 West 6th Ave., Unit 5
       Golden, CO 80401
       Contact: Larry Olsen
       Phone: 303-278-3232
       http://www.olsonengineering.com/



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    87
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    2. InfraSeis, Inc.
       601 Broadway, Suite 217
       Denver, CO 80203
       Contact: Frank Jalinoos
       Phone: 303-446-8894
       http://home.att.net/~infraseis

    3. Robert Miner Dynamic Testing, Inc.
       2288 Colchester Drive East
       P.O. Box 340
       Manchester, WA 98353-0340
       Contact: Bert Miner
       Phone: 360-871-5480
       E-mail: miner@tscnet.com
       For equipment he uses go to http://www.piletest.com

    4. Goble Rausche Likins & Associates, Inc.
       Pile Dynamics Inc.
       4535 Renaissance Parkway
       Cleveland, OH 44128-USA
       Phone: 216-831-6131
       Fax: 216-831-0916
       http://web.pile.com

    5. Branagan & Associates, Inc.
       P.O. Box 96177
       Las Vegas, NV 89193
       6265 Stevenson Way
       Las Vegas, NV 89120
       Phone: 702-454-3394
       Fax: 702-434-7594
       E-mail: banda@intermind.net
       http://www.branagan.com

    6. Apolla Geophysics Corporation
       P.O. Box 28520
       Bellingham, WA 98228-0520
       Phine (Bellingham) 360-647-8303
       Fax: 425-671-0865
       Contact: Lynn Ringstad
       E-mail: lynn@apollogeophysics.com
       Phone (Portland) 503-234-4001

    7. C. Felice & Company, LLC
       11411 NE 124th Street, Suite 275
       Kirkland, WA 98034
       Phone: 425-820-0800
       Fax: 425-820-9892
       Cell: 425-753-3316
       E-mail: cfelice@cfelice.com



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                     88
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00512.44(a) General - Delete the paragraph beginning "If approved by the Engineer…"
and the two bulleted items following the paragraph.

00512.44(b) Clean-out - In the first paragraph, delete the third sentence beginning “No
more than 150 mm…”.

Add the following subsection:

00512.45 Permanent Casing - Furnish and install permanent casing as follows:

                                           Casing         Required Elevation
         Bridge            Bent              Size        for Bottom of Casing
         Number           Number            (I.D.)*

             NB River Bridge                            Elevation shall be such as to
             Br. No. 19738 3                3m*         provide complete contact with
                                                        bedrock surface.

             SB River Bridge                            Elevation shall be such as to
             Br. No. 19739 3                3m*         provide complete contact with

* A 3 m O.D. casing can be used providing the wall thickness is not greater than 30 mm.

After concrete placement, fill all void space between the casing and the shaft excavation
with a material that approximates the geotechnical properties of the in-situ materials.

00512.46 Reinforcing Steel - In the first paragraph, replace “…final elevation of the
bottom…” with “…final elevation and cleanliness of the bottom…”.

Add the following subsection:

00512.47 Access Tubes for Crosshole Sonic Logging (CSL) Tests - Install access
tubes to allow for performance of CSL tests. Attach CSL access tubes securely to the
interior of the reinforcement cage as near to parallel as possible in each drilled shaft and in
the pattern shown on the plans. Extend the access tubes from the bottom of the
reinforcement cage to at least 600 mm (24 inches) above the top of the shaft. Joints
required to achieve full-length access tubes shall be watertight. Take care to prevent
damaging the access tubes during reinforcement cage installation. Fill the tubes with
potable water as soon as possible after concrete placement (but no later than one day) and
reinstall the top watertight caps. Refer to 02020.10(b) of the Standard Specifications for
water requirements. Upon completion of the CSL tests, fill the access tubes with grout.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    89
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00512.83 Concrete - Add the following:

The estimated quantities for drilled shaft concrete required for this project are as
follows:

                           Structure                             Quantity

                      NB River Bridge
                      Br. No. 19738                              384 m³

                      SB River Bridge
                      Br. No. 19739                              375 m³

                      Pedestrian/Bike Bridge
                      Br. No. 19739                              103 m³

00512.84 Reinforcement - Add the following:

The estimated quantities of spiral reinforcement for drilled shaft only required on this project
are as follows:

                           Structure                             Quantity

                      NB River Bridge
                      Br. No. 19738                              23 900 kg

                      SB River Bridge
                      Br. No. 19739                              23 370 kg

                      Pedestrain/Bike Bridge
                      Br. No. 19742                              13 100 kg

00512.85       CSL Test Access Tubes - Add the following:

No separate measurement of CSL mobilization or CSL Testing will be made.

00512.86 Containment/Spoils Removal System - No separate measurement for
containment/spoils removal system will be made.

00512.90       General - Add the following pay item:

                      Pay Item                                       Unit of Measurement

   (g) Containment/Spoils Removal System                                  Lump Sum

Add the following paragraphs:

Payment for item (g) shall include payment for designing and constructing a
Containment/Spoils Removal System including all materials, equipment, labor, and
incidentals necessary to complete work as specified. Payment shall also include all cost
occurred during removal and disposal of spoils.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     90
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Payment for CSL testing equipment, labor, mobilization and performance of CSL testing will
be considered incidental and included in the pay item “Drilled Shaft Concrete”.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               91
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Drilled Shaft




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                  92
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                   SECTION 00520 - DRIVEN PILES


Comply with Section 00520 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00520.00 Scope - Add the following:

Furnish and install PP 406 x 12.7 steel pipe piles.

Add the following subsection:

00520.10 General - For steel pipe piling, provide inside fit, open ended cutting shoes
meeting the requirements of 02520.10(b).

00520.11 Engineer's Estimated Length List - The Engineer's estimated lengths of steel
piling are:

     Location                              No.      Length                    Kind
                                                      (m)

    Bridge 19738 (Bent 1)                  20       15.4                      PP406x12.7

    Bridge 19739 (Bent 1)                  20       15.4                      PP406x12.7

    Bridge 19740 (Bents 1)                 16        8.5                      PP406x12.7

    Bridge 19740 (Bents 2)                 16        9.1                      PP406x12.7

    Bridge 19741 (Bents 1)                 16        9.0                      PP406x12.7

    Bridge 19741 (Bents 2)                 16        9.5                      PP406x12.7

    Bridge 19742 (Bent 1)                  3         9.7                      PP406x12.7

00520.20(c-4) Followers - Followers are permitted.

00520.41(d)       Preboring - Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:

Preboring will be required at Bent 1 and Bent 2 for Bridges NB and SB. Prebore 610 mm
minimum diameter holes at pile locations and to the depths as shown in the plans. Use air-
rotary drilling or other approved methods of preboring. Bore holes shall be within 2 percent
of plumb maximum.
Temporary casings shall be used where bore holes cannot stand open on their own. The
outside diameter of the casing shall be equal to the bore hole diameter. Use of larger bore
holes and casings will be at contractor‟s expense. Temporary casings shall be removed
leaving approximately 2 m of casing submerged as concrete is added to the bore hole

After preboring, set the steel pipe piles to the minimum tip elevation shown on the plans.
After completion of setting, fill the annular space between the piles and prebored holes with



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      93
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

class 25 structural concrete. The piles shall be braced such that they maintain alignment and
plumbness during the construction process.

Furnish and place class 25 concrete according to the following:

Concrete Placement - If the annular space between the piles and prebored holes cannot
be pumped free of seepage water at the time of concrete placement, place the concrete
under water with a pump pipe. Place concrete continuously from the bottom of the
prebored hole to the top maintaining a minimum concrete head of 0.610 m above the end of
the pump pipe.

Dispose of all displaced water in an approved manner according to 00170.30(c). When
groundwater or the drilling water in the prebored hole is to be removed by pump during
concrete placement, have a standby pump available.

                                           Measurement

00520.80 Furnishing Equipment for Driving Piles - Add the following:

There will be no measurement for furnishing preboring equipment.

00520.82 Drive Piles - Add the following:

The unit of measurement for preboring piles at Bent 1 and Bent 2 for Bridges NB and SB
will be per pile basis by actual count, approved and accepted.

                                              Payment

00520.91 Pay Items - Add the following pay items:

                           Pay Item                               Unit of Measurement

            (k) Furnish Preboring Equipment                            Lump Sum
            (l) Prebore for PP406x12.7 Steel Piles                        Each

Payment for item (k) above will be made at the lump sum price bid for this item and will be
paid after satisfactory preboring is complete and the equipment has been moved off site.
The lump sum price bid shall include the cost of furnishing all materials, equipment,
temporary casings, labor necessary for transporting, erecting, maintaining, replacing any
ordered equipment, dismantling and removing the entire preboring equipment. The cost of
all materials and labor including the manipulation of the preboring equipment in connection
with preboring shall be included in the unit price for preboring.

Payment for item (l) shall include all tools, labor, materials and incidentals necessary to
perform the preboring including but not limited to casing, preboring, handling and placing
piles, and backfilling with concrete.

There will be no separate payment for furnishing and placing 19 mm x 430 mm diameter
steel plates (A36) on top of all piles for Bridge Nos. 19740 and 19741. Payment for
furnishing and placing steel plates, including equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  94
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

complete work as specified shall be included in pay item “Furnish PP 406 x 12.70 Steel
Piles”.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                           95
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Pile Driving




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                  96
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                SECTION 00530 - STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE


Comply with Section 00530 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00530.81 Mass (Weight) Basis - Under the English portion of the Steel Reinforcement
Bar table, under the Nominal Weight column, change "(lb/in2)" to "(lb/ft)".

00530.82 Lump Sum Basis - Add the following after the second paragraph:

The mass (weight) of miscellaneous metal, based on masses (weights) listed in 00530.81
and Project quantities, is included in the estimated quantity of uncoated reinforcement
shown below.

The estimated quantities of reinforcement are:

                                                            Quantity
            Structure                      Uncoated                    Coated
                                             (kg)                       (kg)

    NB River Bridge
    Br. No. 19738                          575 500                       0

    SB River Bridge
    Br. No. 19739                          577 900                       0

    NB Hwy 99 Bridge
    Br. No. 19740                           33 350                       0

    SB Hwy 99 Bridge
    Br. No. 19741                           34 000                       0

    Bike/Pedestrian Bridge                  87 200                       0


                    SECTION 00535 - RESIN BONDED ANCHOR SYSTEMS


Comply with Section 00535 of the Standard Specifications.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                            97
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                              SECTION 00540 - CONCRETE BRIDGES


Comply with Section 00540 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00540.00 Scope - Add the following:

Work consists of constructing texture stamped and stained surfaces on concrete deck of
Pedestrian Bridge 19742.

00540.10 General - Add the following materials:

                     Ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) ... 02030.40
                     Latex (formulated) ................................................ 02030.30
                     Silica fume............................................................ 02030.20

00540.11 Classes of Concrete - In the last sentence of this subsection, replace "(3300)"
with "(3600)".

00540.16 Quality Control - In the first bullet, replace "water-cement ratio" with "water-
cementitious ratio".

00540.17(a)       Aggregate - Add the following sentence to the end of the subsection:

Blend aggregates as allowed in 02001.20.

Add the following subsection:

00540.18 Stamped Texture of Concrete - Use one of the following suppliers or approved
equal:

         Butterfield Color
         127 Gale St.
         Aurora, IL 60506
         800-282-3388
         www.butterfieldcolor.com
         Contact name: Joe Garceau

         Pattern name: Heavy Stone Texture
         Concrete Accessories, Inc.
         3500 Meade Ave., Las Vegas, NV 89102
         702-873-4810
         www.decorativeconcretepro.com
         Pattern name: Old Granite Cleft Stone

         Or Approved Equal.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                                98
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Add the following subsection:

00540.19 Color Concrete - Color concrete used to construct the pedestrian bridge viewing
platform shall closely match the color used to coat the pedestrian bridge rail. See 00594.00
for color used to coat pedestrian bridge rail.

00540.28 Power Washers - Add the following sentence to the end of the subsection:

When using power washers to produce a fog spray for curing, match the flow rates and
pressures of the power washers with the fogging nozzles to produce an average droplet
size of 80 microns, according to the nozzle manufacturer‟s recommendation.

00540.30(b) Quality Control Technician (QCT) - In the first list of bulleted items, modify
the bullet that begins "Sample and test the concrete…", by replacing "water/cement ratio"
with "water/cementitious ratio" and by replacing "cement content" with "cementitious
content".

Replace the first sentence of the paragraph that begins "In addition,…", with the following:

In addition, on projects that have more than 100 m3 (100 cubic yards) of structural concrete
and on projects that have any high performance concrete, the QCT shall:

In the second list of bulleted items, modify the last bullet by replacing "water-cement ratio"
with "water-cementitious ratio".

00540.30(c) Concrete Control Technician (CCT) - Replace the first sentence of the
paragraph that begins "For all structural concrete…", with the following

On projects that have more than 100 m3 (100 cubic yards) of structural concrete and on
projects that have any high performance concrete, the CCT shall:

00540.30(d) Contractor's Additional Quality Control Duties - After                      the   words
"structural concrete" add "and for all high performance concrete".

Add the following subsection:

00540.30(e) Concrete Strength Testing Technician (CSTT) - Provide a CSTT, who
shall perform the duties outlined in the MFTP.

00540.46(b)       Batching - Add the following tolerance to the end of the tolerance list:

                           Silica fume ........................................ + 15%

00540.47(a-2) Truck Mixers - In the paragraph that begins "Begin mixing as soon…", add
the following sentence:

When silica fume, in densified powder form, is added to high performance concrete, mix the
batch with between 150 and 175 revolutions at the mixing speed specified by the
manufacturer before leaving the batch plant.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                        99
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00540.48(c) Vibrating Concrete - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use a minimum
of...", with the following:

Except for seal and drilled shaft concrete, thoroughly consolidate fresh concrete according
to the following:

        Vibrate concrete internally using mechanical vibrating equipment
        For concrete placements which exceed 40 m3/hr (50 cubic yards per hour) use a
         minimum of two vibrators
        For deck placements use a minimum of two vibrators. Provide an extra vibrator for
         emergency use.
        For deck placements which exceed 23 m3/hr (30 cubic yards per hour), use a
         minimum of three vibrators. Provide an extra vibrator for emergency use.
        Re-vibration of concrete may be required as directed

00540.51(a) General Requirements - In the second paragraph, replace "or an approved
wet material" with "or an approved wet or dry material".

00540.51(b)       Curing Concrete Bridge Decks - Replace this subsection with the
following:

00540.51(b) Curing Concrete Bridge Decks - In addition to requirements of 00540.49,
cure cast-in-place concrete bridge deck surfaces by doing the following:

    (1) Provide wind breaks or other approved methods when exposed to conditions which
    may cause premature drying during placement operations. Premature drying is defined
    as an evaporation rate equal to or greater than 0.75 kg/m2/hr (0.15 pounds per square
    foot per hour), as determined from Figure 00540-1, or as the loss of surface sheen
    when the evaporation rate at the surface exceeds the bleed rate.

    (2) Provide high pressure washers, according to 00540.28, fitted with fog nozzles
    during all deck placements to prevent and control premature drying. Apply fog spray
    upwind of the concrete placement during finishing, texturing and until the evaporation
    reducer compound has been applied. The purpose of fogging is to keep the concrete
    cool and prevent uneven shrinkage in the concrete before the cure is applied. Do not
    allow larger water droplets that drip from nozzles to fall onto the freshly finished plastic
    concrete.

    (3) Apply an evaporation reducer compound from the QPL immediately after the
    texturing operation. Apply the reducer with a pressurized mechanical power sprayer
    that will produce a fine and uniform spray at a rate of 6.5 m 2/L (250 square feet/gallon).
    Re-agitate the mixed material immediately before and during application. Wash away
    any reducer that comes into contact with hardened concrete surfaces. Avoid finishing
    concrete surface after placement of reducer.

    (4) Cover the concrete with a single layer of clean initial covering immediately after
    finishing and texturing, once the concrete has achieved its initial set and is capable of
    supporting the weight of the Contractor‟s personnel without damage to the concrete
    surface. The initial covering shall be one continuous piece, with a minimum length




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   100
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    sufficient to cover the bridge deck from side to side of the concrete placement. Use one
    of the following:

            Saturated wet burlap having a minimum dry mass (weight) of 310 g/m
             (10 ounces per yard) for material 1 m (40 inches) wide. Presoak the burlap by
             immersing it completely in water for 72 hours prior to the deck placement and
             presoak new burlap with a wetting agent. All overlaps shall be a minimum of
             150 mm (6 inches).
            Non-woven, needle punched polypropylene fabric curing blanket from the QPL.
             Place wet or dry. Dry-placed fabric shall be wetted by fogging within 15 minutes
             of fabric placement. All overlaps shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 inches).

    (5) Provide soaker hoses for additional soaking of the initial covering. Place over the
    full width of the concrete placement, at a maximum of 3.0 m (10 feet) intervals.
    Periodically, as needed, operate the soaker hoses to re-saturate the initial covering.
    Other methods of re-saturating the initial cover may be submitted to the Engineer for
    review and approval.

    (6) Place a layer of 100 m (4 mil) polyethylene film over the initial covering and soaker
    hoses. The polyethylene film shall be clear or white if the air temperature is forecasted
    to be above 18 °C (65 °F) within 24 hours of the concrete placement, and black at other
    times, as determined by the Engineer. Overlap the edges of polyethylene film by
    300 mm (12 inches). Keep the film in place by taping and weighting the edges where
    they overlap or are vulnerable to movement by wind. Once a particular type of film has
    been placed, do not change it during the curing period.

    (7) Maintain a continuous water cure of the concrete surface for 14 days.

00540.52 Removal of Forms and Falsework, and Subsequent Loading - Replace the
first paragraph after the table that begins "Early removal of forms…" with the following:

Early removal of forms does not eliminate the curing requirements of 00540.51.

00540.53(c) Class 2 Surface Finish (Ground, Floated and Coated) - In the paragraph
that begins "After the paste has set...", replace "(c)" with "(b)".




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 101
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00540.81 Lump Sum Basis - The estimated quantity of concrete is:

                                                                     Quantity
       Structure                           Class                      (m3)

    NB River Bridge                          30                        1 505
    Br. No. 19738                            35                        2 822
                                           HPC35                       1 248

    SB River Bridge                          30                        1 482
    Br. No. 19739                            35                        3 065
                                           HPC35                       1 248

    NB Hwy 99 Bridge                         25                        294
    Br. No. 19740                          HPC35                       130

    SB Hwy 99 Bridge                         25                        313
    Br. No. 19741                          HPC35                       126

    Pedestrian Bridge
    Br. No. 19742                           30                         524

00540.83 Stamped Texture and Staining of Concrete - Measurement for quantities of
concrete surfacing receiving stamped texture will be measured on the m² basis measured
to the nearest square meter.

Measurement for quantities of concrete surfacing receiving concrete staining will be
measured on the m² basis measured to the nearest square meter.

00540.90 General - Replace the first paragraph that begins "Payment for structural
concrete…", with the following:

Payment for structural concrete at the lump sum amount or at the Contract unit price will be
payment in full for all materials, equipment, falsework, forms, bracing, labor, fogging,
surface finishing, evaporation reducer compounds, curing, joint filler, admixtures and other
similar items, and all other items of expense required to complete the concrete work shown,
with the exception of reinforcing steel, metal expansion joints or other metal incorporated in
the work.

Add the following subsection:

00540.93 Stamped Texture and Staining of Concrete - Payment for the construction a
stamped texture concrete surface will be paid on the m² basis for the pay item “Stamped
Concrete Surfacing”. Payment will payment in full for furnishing stamp(s) and materials,
equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the construction of stamped
texture concrete surface as specified.

Payment for the staining of concrete surface will be paid on the m² basis for the pay item
“Stained Concrete Surfacing”. Payment will include payment in full for furnishing all
material, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to stain concrete surfacing as
specified.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 102
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                 FALSEWORK DESIGN CHECKLIST

Instructions - This checklist was developed to facilitate the design, review, and erection of
falsework to be used for Oregon Department of Transportation bridge construction projects.
This checklist is intended to act as a reminder to design or check for specific important
aspects of this construction. It is not a substitute for plan and/or design criteria or
specification requirements.

The Checklist is to be completed and signed by the Falsework Design Engineer. Answer
every question. Attach to the Checklist an explanation of any negative responses.

Submit the Checklist according to 00540.41(a).

                                                                           YES      NO      N/A

A.         Contract Plans, Specifications, Permits, Etc.

     1.    Are the falsework plans prepared, stamped and signed by
           an engineer registered to practice in Oregon?                   ____    ____    ____

     2.    Have three complete sets (five if railroad approval is
           required) of the design calculations been included with the
           falsework drawings submittal?                                   ____    ____    ____

     3.    Are falsework plans in compliance with the requirements of
           the construction plans general notes?                           ____    ____    ____

     4.    Are falsework plans in compliance with contract plan
           structural details?                                             ____    ____    ____

     5.    Are falsework plans in compliance with the requirements of
           the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction,
           subsection 00150.35?.                                           ____    ____    ____

     6.    Are all existing, adjusted or new utilities in proximity with
           the proposed falsework shown on the falsework plans and
           is protection of these utilities addressed?                     ____    ____    ____

     7.    Are clearance requirements satisfied and shown on the
           falsework plans?                                                ____    ____    ____

     8.    For construction in or over navigable waters have all
           requirements for construction of falsework that are called
           for in the Coast Guard Permit been incorporated in the
           falsework design?                                               ____    ____    ____

     9.    Has possible damage from traffic been considered in the
           falsework design?                                               ____    ____    ____




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  103
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination


     10.    Has damage from stream drift been considered in the
            falsework design?                                               ____   ____   ____

     11.    is the concrete placing sequence shown and is it
            consistent with the contract plans?                             ____   ____   ____

B.          Foundation Requirements

     1.     Are driven falsework piling provided as called for on the
            contract plants?                                                ____   ____   ____

            a.    Is a minimum pile tip elevation or penetration
                  indicated on the drawings?                                ____   ____   ____

            b.    If timber falsework piles are specified, are the
                  recommended order lengths sufficient to virtually
                  eliminate the possibility of pile splices?                ____   ____   ____

            c.    Is a detailed static pile capacity analysis included in
                  the calculations?                                         ____   ____   ____

            d.    If lateral loads are applied to the piling (by
                  equipment), dead loads, flowing water, drift), is a
                  detailed lateral load analysis included in the
                  calculations?                                             ____   ____   ____

            e.    When piling are in an active waterway, have the
                  potential effects of scour on axial and lateral pile
                  support been addressed in the calculations?               ____   ____   ____

            f.    Does the proposed falsework pile hammer meet the
                  minimum field energy requirements as listed in
                  00520.20(d-2)?                                            ____   ____   ____

            g.    Will a driving criteria graph [ODOT Gates Equation, in
                  00520.42(b)] plotting blow count versus stroke (for an
                  acceptable pile hammer) be provided for the project
                  inspector?                                                ____   ____   ____

     2.           Is falsework supported on spread footings (mud sills)?    ____   ____   ____

            a.    Are the spread footing elevations shown on the
                  drawings?                                                 ____   ____   ____

            b.    Has a rational method for determining the ultimate
                  bearing capacity of the foundation material(s) been
                  presented and described in the calculations?              ____   ____   ____




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                              104
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination


            c.    Have the soil parameters used in calculating the
                  ultimate bearing capacity been listed and confirmed by
                  the designer?                                             ____   ____   ____

            d.    Has an appropriate Factor of Safety been used for
                  calculating the allowable bearing capacity of the
                  foundation material(s)?                                   ____   ____   ____

            e.    Are spread footing settlement estimates included in the
                  calculations?                                             ____   ____   ____

            f.    Have effective stresses (buoyant unit weights) been
                  used in the calculations, when applicable?                ____   ____   ____

            g.    When spread footings are founded near the top of a
                  slope or in a slope, have the ultimate bearing capacity
                  calculations been modified accordingly?                   ____   ____   ____

            h.    When spread footings may be subjected to flowing
                  water, have the potential effects of scour on ultimate
                  bearing capacity been addressed in the calculations?      ____   ____   ____

C.          Loads

     1.     Are the magnitude and location of all loads, equipment and
            personnel that will be supported by the falsework shown
            and noted on the falsework plans?                               ____   ____   ____

     2.     Has the mass of specific equipment units to be supported
            by the falsework been included in the calculations or on the
            falsework plans?                                                ____   ____   ____

     3.     Is the deck finishing machine supported in a manner that
            will not impose load on concrete forms except deck
            overhang brackets?                                              ____   ____   ____

     4.     Are design loads and material properties used to determine
            design stresses for each different falsework member shown
            on the falsework plans?                                         ____   ____   ____

     5.     Is the worst loading and member property condition, rather
            than the average condition, used to obtain design loads?        ____   ____   ____

     6.     Are deck forms for concrete box girders supported from the
            girder stem and not from the bottom slab?                       ____   ____   ____

     7.     Are diaphragm loads or other concentrated loads included
            in the analysis of supporting beams?                            ____   ____   ____




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                              105
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

     8.     If sloping structural members exert horizontal forces on the
            falsework, is bracing or ties used to resist these loads?       ____   ____   ____

D.          Allowable Stresses

     1.     Has the method used for falsework design of all members
            except for manufactured assemblies been noted in the
            design calculations?                                            ____   ____   ____

     2.     Are manufactured assemblies identified as to manufacturer,
            model, rated working capacity and ultimate capacity?            ____   ____   ____

     3.     Is the allowable stress and the calculated stress listed in
            the summary for each different falsework member, except
            for manufactured assemblies?                                    ____   ____   ____

E.          Timber Falsework Construction

     1.     Are timber grades consistent with material to be delivered
            to the construction site, and noted on falsework drawings,
            and in accompanying calculations for all timber falsework
            material?                                                       ____   ____   ____

     2.     If "rough" lumber is specified for falsework by the falsework
            designer are the actual lumber dimensions used in
            calculations shown?                                             ____   ____   ____

     3.     If plywood spans are governed by the strength of the
            plywood, are the allowable stress and the calculated stress
            shown on the submitted calculations?                            ____   ____   ____

     4.     If plywood spans are governed by the allowable spacing of
            supporting joists, are the allowable and the proposed
            spacing shown on the falsework plans?                           ____   ____   ____

     5.     Have timber stringers been checked for bending, shear,
            bearing stresses, and 1/240 of the span length deflection?      ____   ____   ____

     6.     Are joists identified as being continuous over 3 or more
            spans when they are not analyzed as simple spans?               ____   ____   ____

     7.     Have stringers and cap beams been checked for bearing
            stresses perpendicular to the grain as well as for bending
            and shear stresses?                                             ____   ____   ____

     8.     Have posts been checked as columns as well as for
            compression parallel to the grain?                              ____   ____   ____




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                              106
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination


F.          Steel Falsework Construction

     1.     Are steel structural shapes and plates identified by ASTM
            number on the falsework plans and in the calculations?          ____   ____   ____

     2.     Have steel beams been checked for bending, shear, web
            crippling and buckling of the compression flange?               ____   ____   ____

     3.     Has horizontal plane bracing been shown where required to
            limit compression flange buckling?                              ____   ____   ____

G.          Deflections and Settlement

     1.     Is falsework deflection for concrete dead load shown on the
            plans for all falsework spans?                                  ____   ____   ____

     2.     Is falsework deflection from concrete dead load limited to
            1/240 of the span length for all falsework spans?               ____   ____   ____

     3.     Do stringers supporting cast-in-place concrete compensate
            for estimated camber?                                           ____   ____   ____

     4.     For beam spans with cantilevers, has the upward deflection
            of the cantilevers due to load placed on the main spans
            been investigated?                                              ____   ____   ____

     5.     Are provisions shown for taking up falsework settlement?        ____   ____   ____

H.          Compression Members, Connections and Bracing

     1.     Has general buckling been evaluated for all compression
            members?                                                        ____   ____   ____

     2.     Has bracing been provided at all points of assumed support
            for compression members?                                        ____   ____   ____

     3.     Was bracing in each direction considered in establishing
            the effective length used to check post capacity?               ____   ____   ____

     4.     Is bracing strength and stiffness sufficient for the intended
            purpose?                                                        ____   ____   ____

     5.     If temporary bracing is required during intermediate stages
            of falsework erection, is it shown on the falsework plans?      ____   ____   ____

     6.     Have all connections been designed and detailed?                ____   ____   ____

     7.     Are web stiffeners required on steel cap beams to resist
            eccentric loads?                                                ____   ____   ____



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                              107
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

     8.     Are wedges required between longitudinal beams and cap
            beams to accommodate longitudinal slope or to reduce
            eccentric loading?                                            ____   ____   ____

     9.     Has the width to height ratio of wedge packs been verified
            to fall within the limits given in the special provisions?    ____   ____   ____

     10.    If overhang brackets are attached to unstiffened girder
            webs, has the need for temporary bracing to prevent
            longitudinal girder distortion been investigated?             ____   ____   ____

     11.    Have beams and stringers with height/width ratios greater
            than 2.5:1 been checked for stability?                        ____   ____   ____

     12.    Have sloping falsework members that exert horizontal
            forces on the falsework been braced or tied to resist these
            loads?                                                        ____   ____   ____

     13.    If beams supporting cast-in-place concrete have cantilever
            spans, have the falsework plans been noted to require the
            main spans be loaded before loading the cantilever spans?     ____   ____   ____

     14.    Have timber headers set on shoring towers been checked
            for eccentric loads, and for shear and bending stresses
            produced by the eccentricity?                                 ____   ____   ____

I.          Highway and Railroad Traffic Openings (for falsework
            over or adjacent to highway or railroad traffic
            openings)

     1.     Do falsework plans satisfy construction clearances shown
            on the contract plans?                                        ____   ____   ____

     2.     Are posts designed for 150% of the calculated vertical
            loading and increased or readjusted for loads caused by
            prestressing forces?                                          ____   ____   ____

     3.     Are mechanical connections [9 kN (2,000 lbs.) minimum
            capacity] shown at the bottom of posts to footing
            connections?                                                  ____   ____   ____

     4.     Are mechanical connections [4.5 kN (1,000 lbs.) minimum
            capacity] shown at the top of the post to cap connections?    ____   ____   ____

     5.     Are beam tie downs [2.2 kN (500 lbs.) minimum capacity]
            shown for all beams?                                          ____   ____   ____

     6,     Are 16 mm (5/8") or larger diameter bolts used at
            connections for timber bracing?                               ____   ____   ____

     7.     Are temporary erection/removal bracing shown?                 ____   ____   ____


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                            108
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination


J.          Additional Requirements for Railroad Traffic Openings

     1.     Do falsework plans show collision posts as shown on the
            contract plans?                                               ____   ____   ____

     2.     Do posts adjacent to the openings have a minimum section
            modulus of?

            a.      steel - 0.0002 m3 (9.5 in3)                           ____   ____   ____
            b.      timber - 0.004 m3 (250 in3)                           ____   ____   ____

     3.     Are soffit and deck overhang forming details shown?           ____   ____   ____

     4.     Are falsework bents within 6 meters (20 feet) of centerline
            of the track sheathed solid between 1 m and 5 m (3 ft. and
            17 ft.) above top of rail with 16 mm thick minimum plywood
            and properly blocked at the edges?                            ____   ____   ____

     5.     Is bracing on the bents within 6 meters (20 feet) of the
            centerline of the track adequate to resist the required
            assumed horizontal load or minimum 22.2 kN (5,000 lbs.),
            whichever is greater?                                         ____   ____   ____



_________________________ _________________
Designer‟s Signature      Date




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                            109
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                     SECTION 00542 - ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT


Section 00542, which is not in the Standard Specifications, in included in this project bu
Special Provision.

00542.00 Scope - This work shall consist of constructing concrete textured surfaces. The
architectural treatment will be located on each vertical face of the MSE concrete facade walls,
bridge rails, and the abutments and wingwalls as noted in the plans.

                                           Quality Assurance

00542.01 Experience and Qualifications - Products shall be supplied by a contractor having
a minimum of five consecutive years experience in textured concrete construction. Contractor
shall furnish evidence to the satisfaction of the Engineer of the Contractor's successful
experience with products and workmanship used in similar applications.

                                               Materials

00542.10 Special Surface Texture (Form Liner) - This work shall consist of constructing
textured surfaces on formed concrete surfaces in accordance with the provisions of the project
plans, Section 00540, and these special provisions.

Except where otherwise specified, textured concrete surfaces shall be constructed using form
lining materials and patterns as described in these special provisions and approved by the
Engineer.

As described and illustrated in the plans and these special provisions the architectural pattern
called for is as follows:

    1. Colorado Random Reveal pattern with surfaces varying from 70 mm to 165 mm,
       reveals varying from 25 mm to 60 mm, and having 38 mm reliefs of random
       arrangement. This pattern shall be used on the MSE Facade Walls (Bridge No. 19743
       and 19744), Bridge Rails (Bridge No. 19738 and 19739), and the Abutments and
       Wingwalls (Bridge No. 19738 and 19739).

The formliners shall be manufactured by the following manufacturers:

    1. Scott Systems, Inc.,1788 Helena Street, Aurora, Colorado 80011, telephone (303)
       341-1400 Ashlar stone pattern.

    2. Custom Rock International, 1156 Homer Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55116, telephone
       1-800-637-2447. Northwest Sales Contact is Ronda Gilbert (775) 852-1166.

Working drawings detailing the vertical line pattern for each wall shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval 30 days prior to construction to ensure a timely review process.

00542.11 Material Standards - Form liner shall be a high quality re-usable product which
attaches easily to the forming system and shall not compress more than 6 mm when poured at
a rate of 3 vertical meters per hour.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   110
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Form release agent shall be compatible with form liner.

Wall ties shall have set break-backs at 25 mm minimums from the finished concrete surface.

00542.12 Construction Standards for Concrete Surface Finish - Form liners shall be
cleaned, made free of build-up prior to each pour, visually inspected for blemishes and/or
tears. If necessary, form liner shall be repaired per manufacturer's recommendation.

Adjoining liners shall be butted tightly together with less than 6 mm seams. Open cracks
shall be filled prior to pouring concrete. Securely attach the liners to forms per
manufacturer's recommendation. Coordinate wall ties with the form liner system. In the
case of the walls being constructed in more than one pour, the vertical lines shall be aligned
to match the lower form lines and result in a uniform and continuous pattern above and
below the construction joint.

Liner butt joints shall be carefully blended into the approved pattern and finished off the final
concrete surface. No visible vertical or horizontal seams or conspicuous form marks created
by butt joining form liners will be allowed. Finished textures and patterns shall be continuous
around corners and without visual disruption of the pattern to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

All expansion and contraction vertical joints for the concrete retaining walls shall be
incorporated in a near vertical rustication groove of the vertical line pattern. Form liners shall
be capable of withstanding anticipated concrete pour pressures without leakage, and without
causing physical or visual defects. Form liners shall be removable without causing concrete
surface deterioration or weakness in the substrate. Form release agents, form stripping
methods and patching materials, as well as related construction shall not alter the native color
of the concrete when applied.

Form tie holes shall be placed in the high point of the rustication groove between vertical line
patterns. As described elsewhere in this specification, the ties shall be so designed that all
material in the device to a depth of at least 25 mm back of the concrete face (bottom of
rustication groove) can be disengaged and removed without spalling or damaging the
concrete.

00542.20 Surface Finish - All surfaces shall receive surface cleaning after the form liners are
removed to ensure the surface is free of all laitancy, dirt, dust, grease, efflorescence, curing
agents, form release agents, paint and any foreign material.

The vertical line pattern shall extend to 300 mm below final ground line, except as shown per
plans.

                                           Measurement

00542.80 Architectural Treatment - Measure architectural treatment on the square meter
basis, to the nearest square meter of the finished surface areas.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     111
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                           Payment

00542.90 Payment - The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract price per m² for
the following pay item:

                                                                  Unit of
                         Pay Item                               Measurement

                Architectural Treatment                             m2

Payment will be payment in full for all work as specified for patterned architectural treatment
including all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.

The estimated quantities of architectural treatment required for bridge structures are as
follows:

                  Structure                          Quantity

             NB River Bridge
             Br. No. 19738                           557 m²

             SB River Bridge
             Br. No. 19739                           512 m²


            SECTION 00545 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BRIDGE END PANELS


Comply with Section 00545 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00545.10 General - Replace the first bulleted item with the following bulleted item:

        Furnish Class 30 (4350) concrete for the end panel.

Add the following bulleted item:

        Use granular structure backfill meeting the requirements of 00510.13.

00545.30 Quality Control Personnel - Add the following bulleted item:

        CSTT - Concrete Strength Testing Technician




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  112
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

           SECTION 00550 - PRECAST PRESTRESSED CONCRETE MEMBERS


Comply with Section 00550 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00550.51(a) Lifting - In the second sentence of the third bulleted item, change the
English value from "(3,300 psi)" to "(3,600 psi)".


                               SECTION 00555 - POST-TENSIONING


Comply with Section 00555 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00555.80 Lump Sum Basis - The estimated quantity of prestressing steel, based on the
use of 13 mm 7-wire prestressing strands to be paid for on the lump sum basis are as
follows:

         NB River Bridge
         Bridge No. 19738                  176 400 kg

         SB River Bridge
         Bridge No. 19739                  209 000 kg


                       SECTION 00560 - STRUCTURAL STEEL BRIDGES


Comply with Section 00560 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00560.80 General - The estimated quantity of structural steel is:

                                                             Quantity
            Structure                                          kg

    Pedestrian Bridge No. 19742                                8 400


                   SECTION 561 - BRIDGE HANGER CABLE ASSEMBLIES


Section 561, which is not a Standard Specifications is included for this project by special
provision.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               113
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                           Description

00561.00 Scope - This work consists of fabricating, furnishing, erecting, and tensioning
bridge hanger cable assemblies in accordance with these specifications and to the
dimensions, shape, details and construction sequence shown in the plans.

                                            Materials

00561.10 Structural Strand - Each hanger shall be made up of one 31.8 mm diameter
helical, multiple-wire, zinc-coated steel structural strand, conforming to the requirements of
ASTM A 586-98, with all wires to be furnished with Class A weight zinc coating. Strand
minimum breaking strength shall be 87.1 metric tons minimum. Strand shall be made by a
manufacturer with demonstrated experience in the manufacture of strand and in the
fabrication of hanger assemblies of the type and size specified herein for at least five
projects within the past ten years, and whose facilities and experience are approved by the
Engineer. Prior to beginning the manufacture of the strand, submit to the Engineer for
approval, the minimum breaking strength and modulus of elasticity to be provided in the
Class A zinc-coated strand, and the make up of wires closed in the strand.

00561.11 Strand Fabrication - Manufacture the strand to meet the specified strength
requirements. Strand shall be made on machines of sufficient size to insure good
workmanship and shall be fabricated in the greatest length possible. Once the manufacture
of the strand has been started, no changes shall be made as to the grade of wire,
construction or lay of strand, or other factors, which affect the uniformity of the product.

The manufacturer shall prestretch the strand by stressing with a load equal to 55 percent of
the breaking strength in straight tension. Load shall be maintained and/or repeated until
the strand reaches a stable condition as defined by ASTM A 586. The manufacturer shall
determine and report the modulus of elasticity of each prestretched length of strand in
accordance with ASTM A 586 Paragraph 7.5.

Strand and assemblies shall show a well-defined and uniform elastic stretch and recovery
under stressing as measured during proof loading operations.

Strand shall be cut to required lengths for use in hangers and shall be zinc socketed by the
hanger assembly manufacturer. The hanger lengths shall be the theoretical final lengths
measured at zero tension and shown on the plans and shall include adjustment for camber
as required.

Each strand shall have a legible waterproof tag firmly attached to it giving the fabricated
length and the location where it is to be installed on the structure.

00561.12 Strand Testing - The manufacturer shall provide proper facilities for making the
test, and shall make, at his own expense, the test required by ASTM A 586 and according
to Standard Specification 00165.20. Test shall be made in the presence of an inspector
representing the Engineer, when requested by the Engineer. Certified test reports covering
all tests specified herein shall be furnished to the Engineer. Expenses for Engineer‟s
inspector to observe fabrication outside the State of Oregon shall be deducted as per
Standard Specification 00165.90.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 114
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00561.13 Strand Wire - The zinc-coated steel wire used in the strand shall, prior to
fabrication, be tested in accordance with Section 5 of ASTM A 586. The zinc coating
weight shall be tested in accordance with Section 6 of ASTM A 586.

00561.14 Socket Fabrication - All sockets shall be designed to meet or exceed the
specified minimum strand breaking strength. Sockets shall be neatly finished to the exact
dimensions shown on approved shop drawings. All lower pin holes in the socket, spacer
plate and lower anchor plate shall have the pin hole line bored to 1.6 mm diameter greater
than the finish diameter of the forged, galvanized pin. Sockets shall be fabricated by a
manufacturer with demonstrated experience in the fabrication of sockets of the type and
size shown in the Plans specified herein within the past ten years, and whose facilities and
experience are approved by the Engineer. Sockets shall be galvanized in accordance with
ASTM A 153. All accessory rods, bolts, nuts, pins and washers shall be galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A 153.

00561.15 Lower Sockets - The lower sockets for strands shall be open strand sockets
constructed of steel casting and forgings, as furnished by Clodfelter Bridge and Structures
International (Contact Person - Jerry Clodfelter @ 713-675-1180), by Bridon American
Corporation (Contact person - Phil Young @ 800-457-3740), by Wire Rope Corporation of
America, Inc. (Contact persons - Sandy Bruce or Oliver Tannett @ 816-233-0287), or
approved equal. Forged steel elements shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M
102 (ASTM A 668), Class G. Cast steel socket elements shall conform to the requirements
of ASTM A 148, Grade 105-85. Open strand sockets shall substantially conform to the
shape and dimensions shown in the plans.

00561.16 Upper Sockets - The upper sockets for strands shall be threaded anchor socket
assemblies constructed of cast steel, as furnished by Clodfelter Bridge and Structures
International, by Bridon American Corporation, by Wire Rope Corporation of America, Inc.,
or approved equal. Cast steel socket elements shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
A 148, Grade 105-85. Threaded anchor sockets shall substantially conform to the shape
and dimensions, and threaded rod lengths shown in the plans.

00561.17 Socket Testing - All sockets, both forgings and castings to be used in the
hanger assemblies, prior to acceptance for use on the bridge, shall be tested by the
manufacturer as required herein. The Engineer shall be given opportunity to have an
inspector present during testing operations. The Engineer shall be the final judge as to the
reparability of defects in any casting or forging. Certification shall be provided showing the
results of all tests.

    (a) Steel Castings - Steel castings for sockets shall be fabricated, tested, and repaired
    in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 148. All castings shall be tested in
    accordance with ASTM A 148 Supplementary Requirements S1, Magnetic Particle
    Examination (all castings), and S2, Radiographic (one casting from each heat).




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 115
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    Examination. Magnetic Particle Testing shall conform to ASTM E 709 with the following
    acceptance levels per ASTM E-125:

                  Type      Discontinuity                Acceptance Level
                  1         Linear Discontinuities       *
                  2         Shrinkage                    2
                  3         Inclusions                   2
                  4         Internal Chills - Chaplets   N/A
                  5         Porosity                     1

             *All linear indications shall be removed by grinding and blending.

    Magnetic Particle Testing shall be conducted by approved ASNT-TC-1A examiners.

    (b) Steel Forgings - Steel forgings for sockets shall be fabricated and tested in
    accordance with the requirements of AASHTO M 102 (ASTM A 668), Class G. In
    addition, forgings shall be tested in accordance with ASTM A 668 Supplementary
    Requirements S6, Magnetic Particle Test (all forgings), and S7, Ultrasonic Test (10% of
    all forgings).

00561.18 Socket Installation - The sockets shall be attached to strands in accordance
with procedures submitted to the Engineer prior to fabrication, and as required to meet the
test herein specified. Care shall be exercised to insure socket and strand alignment. Great
care shall be taken so that the length of the strands after socketing are correct. Fabricated
lengths shall be within a tolerance of 0 mm to 6 mm long.

The wires of a strand, after being splayed in preparation for socketing, shall be cleaned of
grease and other impurities by a carefully controlled process that will assure no harm is
done to the wire zinc-coating. After socketing, the exposed strand wires adjacent to the
socket shall be relubricated.

The basket of the socket shall be preheated to expel moisture and to prevent the molten
zinc from congealing before it has completely filled the narrow lower end of the basket.
Hanger assemblies will be rejected if the socketing procedure results in bare wires within
the socket.

The zinc used to attach the sockets to the strand shall comply with ASTM Specifications
B6, Prime Western. The molten zinc shall be placed at the lowest practical temperature so
as to minimize the affect of heat on the strands. The zinc temperature at time of pouring
shall be recorded for each socket and furnished to the Engineer.

00561.19 Proofloading - Each completed strand/socket assembly shall be proofloaded to
50 percent of the specified minimum ultimate breaking strength of the strand. Apply a load
to 5 percent of listed nominal ultimate strength measure and record the length, increase
force to 20 percent of the listed nominal ultimate strength of the strand and measure and
record the overall length. Apply a paint stripe to the interface between the strand and the
speltered socket. Finally increase the load to 50 percent of the listed nominal ultimate
strength and measure and record the overall length again. After load testing visually
inspect spelter sockets and cables over the entire length for damage or other signs of
inadequate performance. Final acceptance shall be determined by the Engineer. Any
visual defect in the strand, sockets, or paint stripe will be considered sufficient for rejection


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    116
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

of the entire assembly. Provide certified load testing and length measurement data to the
Engineer with the identity of the individual strand assembly tested clearly indicated.

                                           Construction

00561.40 Handling and Shipping - After socketing and measuring. Each strand shall be
rolled on wooden reels of appropriate diameter and in a manner that will prevent twisting of
and damage to the strand and that will minimize the loss of prestretching. No more than
four cable assemblies shall be shipped on each wooden reel. Any kinked or damaged
strand will be rejected. Straightening of bent wires will not be permitted. Reels shall be
stored in a well protected location. Handling and shipping of strand shall be in accordance
with the applicable requirements of the AISI Wire Rope User‟s Manual.

00561.41 Protection of Cable Assemblies - Cable assemblies shall be housed and
stored at least 450 mm above the ground. The ropes shall be kept free of dirt, sand, or
other deleterious materials.

00561.42 Erection of Cable Assemblies - Cable assemblies shall be carefully removed
from wooden reels by revolving them. The unreeled cable assemblies shall not be
permitted to lay on the ground, on a dirty or dusty surface, or on an abrasive surface such
as the concrete bridge deck. They shall be supported on timber blocking for the entire
length, spaced closely enough to prevent kinking and contact with the ground. The cable
assemblies shall be lifted into position in the structure in a manner which causes no kinking
or other distress to the cables. Nylon straps shall be used to lift cable assemblies at all
times.

00561.43 Initial Tensioning - The steel plate assemblies at the lower connection to the
edge beams shall be installed and the anchor rods tensioned. All hanger strands shall be
hung in place with pins, bolts, plates, nuts etc. installed prior to beginning tensioning operations.
After installation into the structure, the cable assemblies shall be initially tensioned in the
sequence specified in the plans, and as directed by the Engineer. The initial tension shall
be applied by wrench, turning the nuts on the upper anchor socket rods. The Contractor
shall prevent the rod from turning while applying torque to the nuts. At each socket, the rod
nuts shall be tightened until the specified initial tension is obtained, as measured by torque
on the nuts.

The Contractor shall establish the torque-tension relationship to apply and measure the
initial tensions in the hangers. The torque-tension relationship shall be established using a
calibrated tension-testing machine for the actual rod-nut-washer combination and surface
conditions to be used in the final construction. The tests shall be performed on a minimum
of three rod-nut-washer combinations. Tests shall be performed at 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%,
25%, and 30% of the maximum dead load tension shown on the plans. A certified
calibration chart shall be furnished to the Engineer.

00561.44 Final Tensioning - After the falsework has been completely released, the
Contractor will measure the cable forces and the final deck profile of Spans 1 to 4 and the
Engineer will determine the necessary adjustment, if any, to each cable. Final tensioning
shall be performed using a center-hole hydraulic jack installed on the upper anchor socket
rods, as shown in the plans. The hydraulic jack shall be equipped with an accurate
pressure gauge at least six inches in diameter. The combination of the jack and the
pressure gauge shall have been calibrated within the last six months. A certified calibration


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                        117
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

chart, showing the calibration of the jack operated in tandem with the gauge, shall be
furnished to the Engineer. The range of calibrations shall encompass the range of final
cable dead load forces shown in the plans.

Cable forces shall be adjusted in the sequence, and to the force, as directed by the
Engineer.

During the final cable tensioning operation, including the measurement of the cable dead
load forces prior to the beginning of final tension adjustments, the bridge deck shall be kept
free of materials whose weight would, in the opinion of the Engineer, affect the accurate
measurement of dead load tensions.

Following completion of the final cable tensioning, all anchor socket rod lock nuts shall be
securely torqued against the lower nuts.

                                           Measurement

00561.80 Measurement - Structural Strand Hanger Assemblies will not be measured for
payment.

                                            Payment

00561.90 Payment - The completed and accepted work for Structural Strand Hanger
Assemblies will be paid for at the contract lump sum price for the pay item “Bridge Cable
Hangers and Anchorage”. Payment will be payment in full for fabricating, testing, installing
materials, and tensioning the cable assemblies. Payment will also include equipment, tools,
labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.


                        SECTION 00581 - BRIDGE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS


Comply with Section 00581 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00581.80 General - Replace this subsection with the following:

00581.80 General - No separate measurement for bridge drainage system will be made.

It is estimated that the item "Bridge Drains" includes following kg of structural steel and
drain pipe.

         NB River Bridge
         Bridge No. 19738                   5 550 kg

         SB River Bridge
         Bridge No. 19739                   3 110 kg




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 118
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00581.90 General - Replace the first two paragraphs with the following:

00581.90 General - Payment for bridge drainage system(s) will be paid on the lump sum
basis for the pay item “Bridge Drainage System”. Payment will be payment in full for
furnishing materials including fittings, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to
complete the work as specified.


                               SECTION 00582 - BRIDGE BEARINGS


Comply with Section 00582 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00582.25(a) TFE Sliding Surfaces - In the first sentence of the paragraph that begins
"Design bearings so that…", change "25 MPa" to "24 MPa".

00582.90 General - Replace the first sentence in the first paragraph with the following:

The quantities of composite bearing accepted for payment will be paid for on the Contract
unit price per each for either the pay item “Bering Devices” or “Pedestrian Bridge Bearing
Devices”.


                 SECTION 00583 - ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IN STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00583 of the Standard Specifications.


                               SECTION 00585 - EXPANSION JOINTS


Comply with Section 00585 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00585.42(b) Installation - In the second and third sentences of the third paragraph,
replace the English value "(4500)" with "(4350)".

00585.46(a)       General - In the fourth paragraph, change the English value from "(4500)" to
"(4350)".

00585.47(f) Installation - In the first bulleted item, change the English value from
"(4500)" to "(4350)".




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   119
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00585.80 General - The estimated quantity of joints is:

                                                                             Quantity
            Structure                         Joint Type                       (m)

    NB River Bridge
    Br. No. 19738                   Type “2” Modular Expansion Joint Seal      38

    SB River Bridge
    Br. No. 19739                    Type “2” Modular Expansion Joint Seal     38

    Pedestrian Bridge               Preformed Elastomeric Strip Seal            5
    Br, No. 19742                   Asphaltic Plug Joint Seal                  38


                                  SECTION 00587 - BRIDGE RAILS


Comply with Section 00587 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00587.80 General - The estimated quantity of bridge rail is:

                                                                             Quantity
            Structure                      Rail Type                           (m)

    NB River Bridge
    Br. No.19738                    Type “F” Concrete Rail                     618

    SB River Bridge
    Br. No. 19739                    Type “F” Concrete Rail                    618

    NB Hwy 99 Bridge
    Br. No. 19740                   Type “F” Concrete Rail                     105

    SB Hwy 99 Bridge
    Br. No. 19741                   Type “F” Concrete Rail                     110

    Br. No. 19742                   Pedestrian Rail, Modified                  606

    Br. No. 19743                   Type “F” Concrete Rail                      29

    Br. No. 19744                   Type “F” Concrete Rail                      26

    Cattle Pass Ext.
    Br. No. 07712                   Pedestrian Rail, Modified                   16




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                120
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

           SECTION 00594 - PREPARING AND COATING STEEL STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00594 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00594.00 Scope - Add the following:

This work consists of preparing and coating with a two-coat powder coating system of all
steel members comprising the Tubular Pedestrian Bridge Rail.

Color to be used on Tubular Pedestrian Bridge Rail and luminaires is Federal Standard
595B color #36306.

00594.01(a)       Abbreviations - Add the following:

         NASA - National Aeronautics and Space Administration
         SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council

00594.03 Precoating Conference - Add the following:

Top coating material color chip samples shall be presented to the Engineer at the
precoating conference for approval.

Add the following subsection:

00594.05 Lead Paint - If the existing coating includes a red lead primer-alkyd system,
which is considered a hazardous material, contain, recover, and properly dispose of all
waste, including hazardous waste, generated during surface preparation, coating
operations, and all other associated work on the structures. No spent abrasive, removed
coating, or applied coating shall be allowed to contaminate the environment. Contain and
collect waste material in an approved area in the same manner as if it were a hazardous
material. All on-site temporary storage, handling, and labeling shall be in accordance with
40 CFR Parts 262 and 265. Prevent the escape of dust or paint, which may create a
nuisance or hazard in the vicinity of the structure. At no time shall any debris be allowed to
fall into the water or on the surrounding ground in the vicinity of the Project.

It is the Contractor‟s responsibility to be thoroughly knowledgeable with all pertinent
EPA/DEQ regulations and to comply with all requirements, as outlined in the attached
"Environmental Protection and Worker Safety During Hazardous Coating Removal"
overview. This will include compliance with all Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA) regulations found in 40 CFR Parts 240-280. RCRA governs all activities
associated with hazardous waste from generation to final disposal.

Actual Contractor responsibilities, from the EPA/DEQ perspective, will depend on the
anticipated generator classification for the Project. The classification category will be
decided by the quantity of hazardous material generated on a monthly basis and the total
quantity of hazardous waste collected at any time on the Project Site. An overview of the
pertinent regulations, "Environmental Protection and Worker Safety During Hazardous
Coating Removal" is included for reference.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 121
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Ensure that Work performed does not jeopardize the health and well-being of personnel
associated with the Project, other persons, or the community in the vicinity of the Project.
To prevent possible health-threatening exposure to hazardous material, comply with all
pertinent OSHA regulations to be found 29 CFR Part 1910; 29 CFR Part 1926; and in the
Interim Standard for Lead in Construction, 29 CFR Part 1926.62, as outlined in the attached
"Environmental Protection and Worker Safety During Hazardous Coating Removal"
attachment.

If the Project has exposure levels above the Permissible Exposure Level (PEL), the
Contractor‟s shall be responsible for, without limitation, the following:

        Written compliance program
        Exposure monitoring
        Respiratory protection program
        Protective clothing
        Housekeeping practices
        Hygiene facilities and practices including showers
        Medical surveillance
        Medical removal protection program
        Employee information and training
        Signing
        Record keeping
        Observation of monitoring

Refer to OSHA publication No. 3126 for requirements found in OSHA Safety and Health
Standards (29 CFR Parts 1910/1926). Consultation services are also available for
assistance from OSHA (phone 503-378-3272).

00594.41(e)       Preparation of Surfacing - Add the following:

    (7) Iron Phosphatizing - An iron phosphate conversion coating is to be used as a
surface pretreatment after abrasive blast cleaning and prior to coating application for
promoting proper adhesion. The form and quantity of iron phosphate conversion coating
shall meet the requirements of the powder coating manufacturer.

00594.42(c)       Application of Coating - Add the following:

    (3) Containment Requirements - The application of the coating system for new steel
    shall take place at the fabrication shop unless otherwise specified.

00594.42(d-3) Coating Thickness and Coverage Requirements - Add the following to the
last paragraph:

On edges or other irregular surfaces, a posipen gage shall be used to verify required
thickness as well as visual inspection.

00594.42(h)       Environmental Conditions - Add the following:

During the life of the contract, there may be adverse weather conditions for a considerable
time. It shall be understood that the Bidder, before submitting a proposal, has considered


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                122
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

the weather conditions that may be encountered at the site of work during the life of the
contract.


                SECTION 00595 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX CULVERTS


Comply with Section 00595 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00595.11 Class of Concrete - In the English value that is in parentheses, change "3500"
to "3600".

00595.80 General - For estimating purposes             only,   the   estimated     quantities    of
reinforcement and concrete are as follows:

                                           Reinforcement                   Concrete
                                                (kg)                         (m3)

Cast-in-Place
   Box Culvert                                 4 275                          35
   Wingwalls and Aprons                        1 475                          17


00595.90 General - Add the following:

No separate payment will be made for removal and disposal of cattlepass wingwalls,
footings and apron. Removal and disposal work including equipment, labor, and incidental
necessary to complete work as specified will be considered incidental and included in the
pay item “Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert”.


                               SECTION 00596 - RETAINING WALLS


Comply with Section 00596 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00596.00 Scope - This work consists of furnishing and constructing proprietary MSE type
retaining walls, including cast-in-place concrete facades, at locations specified in the
contract plans. Care shall be taken to protect utilities that will remain in place and in service
along Hwy 99 during excavation and construction of the new retaining walls. Design of the
MSE retaining walls shall be in accordance with the design criteria specified on the project
plans and with the manufacturer‟s recommendations.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                        123
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Alternate wall types may be selected from the following list to the retaining wall shown:

Select a proprietary retaining wall, to be constructed at locations specified in the contract
plans from the following list:

        Eureka Reinforced Soil Retaining Wall, provided by Hilfiker Wall, telephone 800-
         762-8962.

        Terratrel™ (permanent Face Retaining Wall, provided by The Reinforcement Earth
         Company, telephone 714-587-3060.

        Or approve equal.

Construct gabion wall or Engineer approved alternate wall at Station “B” 83+620 and “B”
83+700.

Construct Ultra block walls or Engineer approved alternate wall at Station “BW” 83+280 to
“BW” 83+306.

Cost Reduction proposals will not be considered for retaining walls under this contract.

00596.13(e) MSE Retaining Wall Precast Concrete Facing Panels - Revise this
subsection as follows:

(1) Portland Cement Concrete - Replace the sentence with the following:

Use Class 28 - 37.5 or 19.0 (Class 4000 - 1 1/2 or 3/4) concrete.

(3) Curing - Replace the sentence with the following:

Fully support and do not strip the forms from the units until the concrete reaches a minimum
compressive strength of 7 MPa (1000 psi).

00596.16(c-1) Geotextile - For proprietary designs, provide a geotextile according to the
proprietor‟s and the manufacturer‟s specifications and preapproved for the proprietary
system selected.

00596.16(c-2) Geogrid - For proprietary designs provide a geogrid according to the
proprietor‟s and the manufacturer's specifications and preapproved for the proprietary
system selected.

00596.40 General - Add the following paragraph:

(c) Illustrative Construction Sequence - The following general sequence is to be
    considered an illustrative example only and is not restrictive on the contractor.
    However, work items described in this section must be performed. The contractor shall
    develop and submit a construction sequence to the Engineer for approval.

    1) Clear and grub any materials along the new I-5 northbound alignment that was not
       removed during general clearing and grubbing. Remove this material from the
       project.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    124
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    2) Excavate to depths and              limits shown for northbound Bridge #19740. Benches
       should be wide enough                to provide a level surface for the use of compaction
       equipment. The overall              slope cannot be steeper than 1H:1V. Areas of soft or
       undesirable fill soil shall         be over-excavated and backfilled with compacted rock
       according to 00510.13.

    3) Construct leveling pads and MSE retaining walls to the elevations and limits shown.
       Retaining wall material extending back into the soil near Hwy 99 will need to be
       constructed around and between piling. Retaining wall heights in front of
       northbound Bents 1 and 2 should be constructed to the same elevations as the
       bottom of the bent caps. Shoring may be required between the new structures
       during the removal and excavation of the I-5 southbound structure. Shoring may
       include use of conventional methods or wrapping of the MSE retaining wall inward.

    4) Excavate to depths and              limits shown for southbound Bridge #19741. Benches
       should be wide enough                to provide a level surface for the use of compaction
       equipment. The overall              slope cannot be steeper than 1H:1V. Areas of soft or
       undesirable fill soil shall         be over-excavated and backfilled with compacted rock
       according to 00510.13.

    5) Construct leveling pads and MSE retaining walls to the elevations and limits shown.
       Retaining wall material extending back into the soil near Hwy 99 will need to be
       constructed around and between piling. Retaining wall heights in front of
       southbound Bents 1 and 2 should be constructed to the same elevations as the
       bottom of the bent caps. Construct and tie the southbound MSE retaining walls into
       the northbound MSE retaining walls. Due to the base rock layer rising up south of
       Bent 2, the length of the soil reinforcement may not be required to be as long as
       shown.

    6) Form the concrete facade and architectural treatment to the elevations and limits
       shown.

00596.80 General - The estimated quantities, for estimating purposes only, of listed
materials are as follows:

         Structure
          Number                           Material               Estimated Quantities

      Br. No. 19743
       North MSE           Excavation                                   805 m³
           Wall            Shoring                                      600 m²
                           Granular Wall Backfill                       120 m3
                           MSE Granular Backfill                       3 350 m³
                           Concrete Facade                              253 m³
                           Steel Reinforcement                         21 500 kg




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    125
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         Structure
          Number                           Material        Estimated Quantities

      Br. No. 19744
       South MSE           Excavation                             615 m³
           Wall            Shoring                                600 m²
                           Granular Wall Backfill                 120 m3
                           MSE Granular Backfill                 6 600 m³
                           Concrete Facade                        346 m³
                           Steel Reinforcement                   29 410 kg

         Structure
          Number                           Material        Estimated Quantities

         Gabion
                           Rock Gabion                             480 m3
      Retaining Wall
                           Excavation and backfill will
                           be include in earthwork
                           quantities
                           Riprap Geotextile                       320 m²

         Structure
          Number                           Material        Estimated Quantities

       Ultera Block        Area                                    35 m²
           Wall            Structure Excavation                    20 m³
                           Drainage Geotextile Matl.               65 m²
                           100 mm Perf. Pipe                       30 m
                           Native Backfill Material                25 m3

00596.90 General - Add the following:

No separate payment will be made for Cast-in-Place Concrete Facades nor the reinforcing
steel and concrete used to construct the facades. Payment will be incidental to the bid item
“Retaining Wall, MSE”.

Payment for the bid item “Architectural Treatment” will be paid according to 00542.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                126
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                    SECTION 00620 - COLD PLANE PAVEMENT REMOVAL


Comply with Section 00620 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00620.40(b) Depth 25 mm to 50 mm (1 inch to 2 inches) - Replace this subsection with
the following:

00620.40(b) Depth 25 mm to 50 mm (1 inch to 2 inches) - Schedule work so the full
width and length of the travel lanes and shoulders can be removed and replaced with new
pavement during the same work shift.

00620.40(c)       Depths over 50 mm - Replace this subsection with the following:

00620.40(c) Depths over 50 mm - Schedule work so the full width and length of the
travel lanes and shoulders can be removed and replaced with new pavement during the
same work shift.


           SECTION 00641 - AGGREGATE SUBBASE, BASE, AND SHOULDERS


Comply with Section 00641 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00641.10 General - Aggregate for aggregate base shall be 25 mm - 0 or 19 mm - 0 size.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                            127
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                             SECTION 00730 - ASPHALT TACK COAT


Comply with Section 00730 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00730.11 Asphalt - In the first sentence of the third paragraph, replace "for chip seal use"
with "for tack coat use".

Add the following paragraph after the third paragraph:

Dilution of the tack coat material may be performed when allowed by the Engineer. If
dilution is allowed, for every part emulsion, do not add more than one part water. Add
water and mix with emulsified asphalt as recommended by the asphalt supplier. The exact
proportion of added water will be determined in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.

00730.40 Temperature Limitations - Replace "00735.40 or 00745.40" with "00735.40,
00744.40, or 00745.40".

00730.44 Applying Tack Coat - Add the following to the end of the first paragraph:

Application rates for tack coat diluted according to 00730.11 will be increased as necessary
to provide the same amount of residual asphalt as the application rates specified above.

00730.81 Water - Replace this subsection with the following:

00730.81 Water - Water added to dilute the emulsified asphalt tack coat after it is
manufactured will not be measured.

00730.91 Water - Replace this subsection with the following:

00730.91 Water - Water added to dilute the emulsified asphalt tack coat after it is
manufactured will not be paid for and will be considered incidental to the item above.


                SECTION 00745 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC)


Comply with Section 00745 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00745.03 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) Material - Replace the last two
sentences of the first paragraph with the following:

No more than 30% RAP will be allowed in Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 HMAC and Level 4
base courses. No more than 20% RAP will be allowed in Level 4 wearing courses. RAP
material will not be permitted in open graded HMAC.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                128
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00745.10(a-1) Separated Sizes - Add the following after the first sentence of the first
paragraph:

A minimum of one coarse aggregate and one fine aggregate stockpile is required.

00745.10(a-5) Fractured Faces - Replace "WAQTC TM 1" with "AASHTO TP 61".

00745.10(b-3) Grading - In the second sentence, replace "two shifts have" with "10 percent
of planned stockpile quantity has".

00745.13(b)       JMF Requirements - Replace the Dense Graded Mixture table with the
following:

                                                        METRIC
                                                  Dense Graded Mixture

                               Level 1            Level 2           Level 3           Level 4

Design Method                  50 Blow Marshall   Superpave         Superpave         Superpave
Compaction Level               50 Blows           75 Gyrations      100 Gyrations     125 Gyrations
Air Voids, %                   3.5                4.0               4.0               4.0
VMA, % minimum                 12.5 mm - 14.0     19.0 mm - 13.0    19.0 mm - 13.0    25 mm - 12.0
                               9.5 mm - 15.0      12.5 mm - 14.0    12.5 mm - 14.0    19.0 mm - 13.0
                                                  9.5 mm - 15.0     9.5 mm - 15.0     12.5 mm - 14.0
                                                                                      9.5 mm - 15.0
P75 m/ Eff AC ratio           0.8 to 1.6         0.8 to 1.6        0.8 to 1.6        0.8 to 1.6
TSR, % minimum                 80                 80                80                80
VFA, %                         70 - 80            65 - 78           65 - 75           65 - 75
N initial, % of AASHTO T209       ─               < 90.5            < 89.0            < 89.0

                                                       ENGLISH
                                                  Dense Graded Mixture

                               Level 1            Level 2           Level 3           Level 4

Design Method                  50 Blow Marshall   Superpave         Superpave         Superpave
Compaction Level               50 Blows           75 Gyrations      100 Gyrations     125 Gyrations
Air Voids, %                   3.5                4.0               4.0               4.0
VMA, % minimum                 1/2 inch - 14.0    3/4 inch - 13.0   3/4 inch - 13.0   1 inch - 12.0
                               3/8 inch - 15.0    1/2 inch - 14.0   1/2 inch - 14.0   3/4 inch - 13.0
                                                  3/8 inch - 15.0   3/8 inch - 15.0   1/2 inch - 14.0
                                                                                      3/8 inch - 15.0
P No. 200 / Eff AC ratio       0.8 to 1.6         0.8 to 1.6        0.8 to 1.6        0.8 to 1.6
TSR, % minimum                 80                 80                80                80
VFA, %                         70 - 80            65 - 78           65 - 75           65 - 75
N initial, % of AASHTO T209       ─               < 90.5            < 89.0            < 89.0

Add the following subsection:

00745.13(d) Rut Susceptibility Testing - For each dense graded Level 3 wearing
course mix design and each dense graded Level 4 mix design submitted for review,
perform the following in addition to the performance testing required by 00745.13(c).

Test laboratory batched samples of each JMF in an Asphalt Pavement Analyzer according
to ODOT TM 320. This requirement also applies to mix designs submitted for use



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                          129
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

according to the "transfer" policy in the ODOT Contractor Mix Design Guidelines for Asphalt
Concrete if this test has not been previously conducted. Submit test results in the format
required by ODOT TM 320 to the Engineer within 30 days of submitting the mix design for
review.

00745.16(a-1) Personnel Requirements - Add the following bulleted item:

        Providing at least one CAT-1 full-time at each plant site when producing mixture for
         the Project.

00745.16(a-4) Testing Frequency - Delete the second paragraph.

Add the following subsection:

00745.16(a-5) Plant Calibration - Calibrate all meters and belt scales at the HMAC mixing
plant according to ODOT TM 322 prior to beginning production.

00745.16(b-1) MDV Quality Control - Replace this subsection with the following:

    (1) MDV Quality Control:

         a. General - Perform MDV testing on projects with Level 2, Level 3, or Level 4
         dense graded HMAC. Perform MDV tests on every sublot and as required at start
         up according to 00745.16(b-1-c) and the MFTP. Perform gradation and asphalt
         content testing with each MDV test. Calculate the following values for each MDV
         test.

                 Air Voids
                 Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA)
                 Voids Filled with Asphalt (VFA)
                 P 75 μm (P No. 200) / Effective AC (Pbe) Ratio

         The running averages of four MDV results shall be within the limits given below:

                                           Average of                 Limit

             Air Voids                     4 samples       JMF Target -0.5% / +1.5%
             VMA                           4 samples       11.5 - 18.0 (25 mm (1") - Mix)
                                                           12.5 - 18.0 (19 mm (3/4") - Mix)
                                                           13.5 - 18.0 (12.5 mm (1/2") - Mix)
                                                           14.5 - 18.0 (9.5 mm (3/8") - Mix)
             VFA                           4 samples       65 - 75 (Level 3 and Level 4)
                                                           65 - 78 (Level 2)
             P 75 μm (P No. 200) / Pbe     4 samples       0.80 - 1.60

         The CDT shall provide the results from the initial control strip to the CAT II for
         evaluation and comparison with the MDV results. If the MDV and density test
         results are contradictory, initiate an investigation. The CAT II shall recommend a
         plan to the Engineer for resolving the discrepancy based on the results of the
         investigation.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    130
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

         Take corrective action when required by the MDV start-up process of
         00745.16(b-1-c). After the requirements of 00745.16(b-1-c) have been met, take
         corrective action if the MDV test results show that two consecutive running average
         of four samples are outside the above limits for air voids, VMA, VFA, or P 75 μm
         (No. 200) / Pbe ratio. Document the corrective action and notify the Engineer. If
         test results continue to be outside the tolerance, stop production and make
         adjustments. Restart production only after the Engineer has approved the proposed
         adjustments. If the MDV test results are outside tolerance, but the mixture meets
         the current requirements for gradation and asphalt content, an adjustment to the
         JMF targets is required. Do not start a new lot as a result of the adjustment.

         A request for an adjustment to the JMF targets may be made to the Engineer by the
         Contractor‟s CAT-II. The requested change will be reviewed and documented by
         the Engineer. If acceptable, a revised JMF will be allowed. Clearly document the
         sublot test for which the adjusted targets are in effect. Adjustments for gradation
         shall not exceed the tolerances specified for the original JMF limits. Adjustments for
         AC content shall be within 0.5% of the original JMF. The JMF asphalt content may
         only be reduced if the production VMA meets or exceeds the above requirements.
         Adjustments for RAP content shall be within 5% of the original JMF, but shall not
         exceed the requirements of 00745.03. Regardless of these tolerances, the adjusted
         JMF shall be within the mixture specification control points of 00745.12. If a
         redesign of the mixture becomes necessary, submit a new JMF according to the
         requirements of these specifications.

         Perform a Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) test (AASHTO T 283) on a sample obtained
         during the first two days of production after QC test results verify that HMAC
         constituents with a weighting factor greater than one according to 00745.95 are in
         tolerance. Provide test results to the Engineer within four working days of obtaining
         the sample. Stop production and make adjustments if the TSR is less than 70.
         Restart production only after the Engineer has approved the proposed adjustments.

         b. Laboratory Compactor Selection - Use a Gyratory compactor for MDV when a
         Gyratory compactor is used to develop the JMF. For all other cases, use a Gyratory
         compactor or Marshall compactor, as selected by the Contractor.

         c. MDV Requirements at Start-Up - Perform MDV testing at the start-up of the
         JMF production according to the following process:

             1. Obtain a sample during the first 100 Mg (100 tons) of production and
                immediately perform MDV testing.

             2. If air voids and VMA are within tolerance, then continue remaining MDV
                testing at the established random QC sublot interval. If not, then go to step
                "3".

             3. If air voids and/or VMA are out of tolerance according to 00745.16(b-1-a),
                then make adjustments and immediately obtain another sample and perform
                MDV testing. Go to step "4".




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  131
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

             4. If air voids and VMA from the MDV testing in step "3" are within tolerance,
                then continue remaining MDV testing at the established random QC sublot
                interval. If not, go to step "5".

             5. If air voids from step "3" are more than plus or minus 1.5% from the target,
                then stop production immediately and make adjustments. If they are not,
                then go to step "6". Obtain approval of the Engineer before restarting
                production. Begin MDV testing again at step "1".

             6. If air voids from step "3" are out of tolerance and 1.5% or less from the
                target, or the VMA from step "3" is out of tolerance, then make adjustments
                and immediately obtain another sample and perform MDV testing. Go to
                step "4".

         The initial MDV sample shall be used as the first random QC sublot test.
         Subsequent MDV samples required due to failure of start-up criteria will be used for
         a sublot QC test if the sample is taken within 100 Mg (100 tons) of the scheduled
         random QC sample location. If not, the MDV testing shall be performed separate
         from, and not included in, the random QC testing program. Any required MDV
         testing will be completed at the Contractor‟s expense.

         d. Rut Susceptibility Testing - Perform rut susceptibility testing on samples of
         produced HMAC mixture for each dense graded Level 3 wearing course mixture and
         all dense graded Level 4 mixtures as follows:

                 After all adjustments for each JMF have been completed, save the two
                  gyratory samples generated for each MDV sublot test according to ODOT
                  TM 326 for four consecutive sublot tests.
                 Test six of the eight samples in an Asphalt Pavement Analyzer according to
                  ODOT TM 320.
                 Submit, to the Engineer, test results in the format required by ODOT TM 320
                  within 30 days of the date the fourth sublot sample was generated.
                 Package and ship the gyratory samples to the laboratory performing ODOT
                  TM 320 in a manner that will not result in deformation or damage to the
                  samples.

00745.17 Small Quantity Acceptance - Replace first sentence of this subsection with the
following:

When the quantity of HMAC on a Project is less than 2500 Mg (2,500 tons), the Engineer
may accept the HMAC according to Section 4(B) of the MFTP or by test results according
to the following:

00745.20(a)       Pug Mill - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Provide a system for adding water to the pug mill if necessary to achieve aggregate that is
in SDC. This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if the stockpiled aggregates are
watered to the satisfaction of the Engineer.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 132
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00745.24(a)       Steel-Wheeled Rollers - Replace this subsection with the following:

(a) Steel-Wheeled Rollers - Provide steel-wheeled rollers with a minimum gross static
mass (weight) as follows:

                                Level 1 and Level 2           Level 3           Level 4
    Breakdown and
    Intermediate                     7 Mg (8 ton)        9 Mg (10 ton)      10.9 Mg (12 ton)
    Finish                          5.4 Mg (6 ton)       7 Mg (8 ton)        9 Mg (10 ton)

00745.24(b) Vibratory Rollers - Replace the fourth bulleted item of the first group of
bullets and replace the first bulleted item of the second group of bullets with the following:

        Have a minimum gross static mass (weight) meeting the requirements of
         00745.24(a).

00745.40 Season and Temperature Limitations - Replace the table column headings
with the following column headings:

                                      All       Level 1 and
Nominal Compacted                   Levels        Level 2               Level 3 and Level 4
Thickness of Individual
Lifts and Courses as                                              Travel Lane         All Other
shown on the typical                            All Courses      Wearing Course       Courses
section of the plans
                                  Surface        From To           From To           From To
                                Temperature*      Inclusive         Inclusive         Inclusive

In the table, for Surface Temperature of Dense Graded Mixes 40 to 65 mm (1 1/2" to
2 1/2"), replace "10° C (50° F)" with "5° C (40° F)".

00745.46 Control of Line and Grade - Add the following:

Establish references at reasonable intervals for line and grade control of placing operations.

00745.49(b) Normal Pavement (Nominal Thickness 50 mm (2 inch) or Greater) -
Replace the subsection heading with the following:

(b) Normal Pavement (Nominal Thickness 40 mm (1 1/2 inch) or Greater)

00745.49(b-1) General - Replace the last sentence of the first paragraph with the following:

Use the MAMD method of compaction measurement.

Replace the second paragraph with the following two paragraphs:

For Level 2, Level 3, and Level 4 mixes, construct a control strip at the beginning of work on
each JMF on the project according to ODOT TM 306. The purpose of the control strip is to
determine the maximum density that can be achieved for the JMF, paving conditions, and
equipment on the project. Additional control strips are necessary when there is a change in
compaction equipment or when JMF targets are adjusted according to 00745.16(b-1-a).


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       133
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

The Engineer may waive the control strip for irregular areas or areas too small to establish
a reasonable roller pattern.

Stop paving if three consecutive control strips fail to achieve the specified density. Take all
actions necessary to resolve compaction problems. Do not resume paving until allowed by
the Engineer.

00745.49(b-2-b) Core Correlations of Nuclear Gauge Readings - Replace this
subsection with the following:

    b. Core Correlations of Nuclear Gauge Readings - Correlate each nuclear gauge on
    the Project when requested or required. New correlations are required if the aggregate
    source or the asphalt cement source changes. Apply correlation factors to all nuclear
    gauge readings for all dense graded mixtures placed on the Project. Cut the required
    cores and patch the core holes with dense graded HMAC. Determine the core
    correlation factor according to WAQTC TM 8 and ODOT TM 327.

         1. Lifts with Nominal Thickness Greater than or Equal to 50 mm (2 inches) -
         Perform core correlation of nuclear gauge readings for each new lift when requested
         by the Engineer or Contractor. The costs of coring and lab testing of cores will be
         paid by the requesting party. The costs of nuclear gauge testing performed by each
         party will be paid by each party.

         2. Lifts with Nominal Thickness Less than 50 mm (2 inches) and Greater than
         or Equal to 40 mm (1 1/2 inches) - Perform core correlation of nuclear gauge
         readings for each new lift. The costs of coring and lab testing of cores will be paid
         by the Contractor. The costs of nuclear gauge testing performed by each party will
         be paid by each party.

00745.49(b-3) Moving Average Maximum Density (MAMD) Method - Replace the note at
the bottom of the table with the following:

    * If any part of the width of a lift at a station requires 91.0%, then the entire width of that
      lift at that station shall be 91.0%

Delete the last paragraph of this subsection.

00745.49(b-4) Control Strip Method - Delete this subsection.

00745.49(b-5) Test Results - Renumber this subsection to b-4.

00745.49(c)       Thin Pavement - Replace this subsection with the following:

(c) Thin Pavement - Compaction to a specified density will not be required for leveling,
patches, or where the nominal compacted thickness of a course of dense graded mixtures
will be less than 40 mm (1 1/2 inch). Perform breakdown and intermediate rolling until the
entire surface has been compacted by at least four coverages of the roller(s). Perform
additional coverages, as directed, to obtain finish rolling of the HMAC.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                      134
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00745.60 Correction of Defects - Replace this subsection with the following:

00745.60 Correction of Defects - Correct any defects in materials and work, as directed,
at the Contractor‟s expense as follows:

(a) Fouled Surfaces - Immediately repair, clean and retack fouled surfaces that would
prevent full bond between successive lifts of mixture.

(b) Boils, Slicks, and Oversized Material - Immediately replace boils, slicks, and
oversized materials with fresh mixture.

(c) Segregation - Take immediate corrective measures when segregation or non-uniform
surface texture is occurring in the finished mat. If segregation continues to occur, stop
production until a plan for providing uniform surface texture is approved by the Engineer.

(d) Roller Damage to the Surface - Immediately correct surface damage from rollers with
additional fresh mixture or by other means approved by the Engineer.

(e) Longitudinal Joints - Take immediate corrective measures when open longitudinal
joints are being constructed or when the elevation of the two sides of a longitudinal joint
does not match. If problems with the longitudinal joint continue to occur, stop production
until a plan for providing tight, equal elevation longitudinal joints is approved by the
Engineer.

(f) Nonspecification Compaction - Take immediate corrective measures when the
specified compaction density is not being achieved.

(g) Other Defects - Remove and replace any HMAC that:

        Is loose, broken, or mixed with dirt
        Shows visually too much or too little asphalt
        Is defective in any way

00745.80 General - The quantities of HMAC shown in the Schedule of Items were
computed on the basis of aggregates having a Specific Gravity of 2.70.

Add the following to the end of the second paragraph:

For non-RAP mixtures, measurement of the total asphalt quantity will be based on quality
control tests averaged to the nearest 0.01% when the Engineer determines that payment by
invoice and tank sticking is impractical.

00745.93 Other Items - Delete the fifth bulleted item.

Add the following paragraph:

Antistripping additives will be paid for at the Contractor‟s actual documented costs with no
percentage allowance or markup allowed.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                135
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

       SECTION 00749 - MISCELLANEOUS ASPHALT CONCRETE STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00749 of the Standard Specifications.


SECTION 00759 - MISCELLANEOUS PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00759 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

Add the following subsection:

00759.12 Sidewalk Ramp Treatment - Supply truncated dome detectable warning
surfaces for sidewalk ramps and accessible route islands from the QPL.

Use only adhesives recommended or supplied by the manufacturer.

00759.50(c) Driveways, Walks, and Surfacings - Add the following paragraph:

On all sidewalk ramps and accessible route islands, install truncated domes as shown.
Place according to the manufacturer‟s recommendation.

00759.51 Curing - Add the following:

Do not apply curing compounds to the designated truncated dome areas of sidewalk ramps
and accessible route islands.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                          136
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                               SECTION 00810 - METAL GUARDRAIL


Comply with Section 00810 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00810.11 Optional Posts - Delete the paragraph that begins "The use of steel posts...".

00810.80 Metal Guardrail, Metal Median Barrier and Guardrail Anchors - In the first
sentence of the first paragraph, replace the word "measures" with the word "measured".

00810.85 Guardrail           Terminals - Replace   "Slotted   rail   terminals"   with   "Guardrail
terminals".


                              SECTION 00820 - CONCRETE BARRIER


Comply with Section 00820 of the Standard Specifications.


            SECTION 00840 - DELINEATORS AND MILEPOST MARKER POSTS


Comply with Section 00840 of the Standard Specifications.


                  SECTION 00850 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR LEGENDS


Comply with Section 00850 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00850.02 Definitions - Replace this subsection, except the heading, with the following:

Type D - Methyl Methacrylate - Methyl methacrylate, including integral aggregate and
reflective elements, with additional reflective elements on the surface.

00850.10 General - In the listed items, replace "Traffic Paint Beads" with "Reflective
Elements".

Add the following subsection:

00850.30 Manufacturer’s Representative - Provide the services of a manufacturer‟s
representative (the "Manufacturer's Representative"), authorized to sign a warranty ("the
Warranty") on behalf of the manufacturer (See 00850.75).             The Manufacturer's
Representative shall observe the placement of the legend materials. The Contractor shall
require the Manufacturer's Representative to immediately alert the Contractor and the
Engineer of anything that could affect the performance of the product or the Warranty.
Cooperate with the Manufacturer's Representative and the Engineer to ensure that the
materials are placed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       137
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

The Contractor shall require the Manufacturer's Representative to fill out the Warranty form
and sign it on behalf of the manufacturer.

00850.40 General - Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:

Place markings as shown or as directed, and in compliance with the MUTCD.

00850.42 Application of Pavement Marking Materials - Add the following sentence after
the first sentence of the first paragraph:

Pay particular attention to the manufacturer's recommendations when placing material over
an asphalt construction joint.

00850.42(d)       Type D:      Methyl Methacrylate - Replace this paragraph with the following:

Place the markings at least 3 mm (120 mils), but not more than 5 mm (200 mils), in
thickness. In addition to the top dressing of reflective elements, provide intermixed
reflective elements and an intermixed anti-skid aggregate.

00850.75 Warranty - Replace this subsection with the following:

00850.75 Manufacturer's Warranty - Furnish a Warranty, signed by the Manufacturer's
Representative, that all lines will stay in place, and maintain their color and retroreflectivity
for 18 months.

The Warranty period will start on the date the Engineer accepts the work and authorizes
final payment.

The Warranty shall recite that the manufacturer is required to repair or replace, at the
discretion of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Agency, all markings that fail to
bond, drop below the required minimum retroreflectivity, or show insufficient color stability,
within six months of the Agency's request to do so.

Perform Warranty repair work when weather permits. At the discretion of the Agency,
temporary pavement markings may be required, at the Contractor‟s expense, to protect
traffic until repairs can be made.

When the Agency makes written request to the manufacturer for repair or replacement, the
Warranty period will stop until the requested repair(s) or replacement(s) are made and
accepted.

(a) Retroreflectivity - Markings shall maintain a minimum retroreflectivity of 100
millicandellas. If retroreflectivity becomes a concern at any time during the Warranty
period, the Agency will measure the retroreflectivity for compliance, with a Mirolux 12,
Mirolux 30, Ecolux, LTL 2000, or other similar device. No correlation will be made between
these pieces of equipment. Each legend will be tested separately, at several random
locations chosen by the Engineer. Clean areas of obvious contamination and remove loose
debris prior to testing.

The wheel tracks will be measured and averaged separately. If just the wheel tracks
become deficient during the Warranty period, replace the sections having low


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    138
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

retroreflectivity. If a larger section has low readings, replace the entire legend. Repair
markings that drop below the required minimum retroreflectivity during the Warranty period.

(b) Color Stability - Yellow markings will be compared to the PR-1 chart, and shall meet
33538 Federal Yellow. White markings shall have a minimum daylight reflectance of 84
throughout the Warranty period. Failure of the material to maintain color stability will be
considered a complete failure of the material on that legend.

(c) Adhesion - Markings shall remain in place and bonded to the substrate during the
Warranty period.

00850.90 General - Add the following paragraph after the paragraph that begins "In items
(b) through (j)…":

Items (b) through (j) include preparing, cleaning, and priming pavement surfaces and laying
out the locations of new pavement markings.

Add the following paragraphs to the end of this subsection:

Payment includes providing the Manufacturer's Representative and furnishing the
Warranty.

Payment for work under this Section will be limited to 90% of the amount due until the
Agency has received the signed Warranty.


                             SECTION 00860 - PAVEMENT MARKERS


Comply with Section 00860 of the Standard Specifications.


             SECTION 00862 - DURABLE PERMANENT PAVEMENT STRIPING


Comply with Section 00862 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00862.00 Scope - In the first sentence, delete the words "the ODOT Traffic Line Manual,
and".

00862.10 Pavement Markings - Use the following marking materials:

    Durable Permanent Pavement Marking, Methyl Methacrylate, Non-Profile, 3.0 mm (120
    mils), Extruded, for use on yellow lines.

    Durable Permanent Pavement Marking, Methyl Methacrylate, Non-Profile, 3.0 mm (120
    mils), Extruded, for use on white lines.

    Durable Permanent Pavement Marking, Methyl Methacrylate, Non-Profile, 3.0 mm (120
    mils), Extruded, for use on skip stripes.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               139
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Color Stability - Using the PR-1 Chart. Yellow marking shall meet 33538 Federal Yellow.
White marking shall have a minimum daylight reflectance of 84.

00862.11 Reflective Elements - Replace this sentence with the following:

Furnish reflective elements meeting the requirements of 02840.20, or as recommended by
the marking material manufacturer.

Add the following two subsections:

00862.30 Manufacturer’s Representative - Provide the services of a manufacturer‟s
representative (the "Manufacturer's Representative"), authorized to sign a warranty ("the
Warranty") on behalf of the manufacturer (See 00862.75).                 The Manufacturer's
Representative shall observe the application of durable permanent pavement striping
materials. The Contractor shall require the Manufacturer's Representative to immediately
alert the Contractor and the Engineer of anything that could affect the performance of the
product or the Warranty. Cooperate with the Manufacturer's Representative and the
Engineer to ensure that the materials are placed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended procedures. The Contractor shall require the Manufacturer's Representative
to fill out the Warranty form and sign it on behalf of the manufacturer.

00862.32 Manufacturer-Certified Installers - Install durable permanent pavement
striping using only striping installers certified by the marking materials manufacturer for the
specific striping material and method. Submit documentary evidence of such certification to
the Engineer prior to beginning work. Do not begin installation prior to receiving the
Engineer's approval.

00862.40 General - Replace the paragraph that begins "Lay out a continuous guideline…"
with the following:

Place references as may be necessary to accurately control the layout of the pavement
markings. At a minimum, place spot alignment for the striping, consisting of control points
every 15 m (50 feet) on tangent and every 7.5 m (25 feet) on curves, or as directed. Lay
out a continuous narrow guideline for each line, along one edge of, or uniformly offset from,
the intended permanent line location. Do not proceed with permanent striping until the
layout is approved by the Engineer.

For inlaid markings, indicate the exact grind-out location with a 100 mm (4 inch) wide
marking line in addition to the continuous guideline. Use painted striping meeting the
requirements of Section 02840, applied at a thickness of 150 m (6 mils). Reflective
elements are not required, unless the layout line is to be used for temporary direction of
traffic.

Do not use layout lines for temporary direction of traffic unless approved in writing. If using
layout lines for temporary direction of traffic, apply at a minimum thickness of 250 m
(10 mils) and include reflective elements.

Do not proceed with placement of permanent striping prior to receiving the Engineer's
approval.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  140
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Replace the paragraph that begins "Place permanent striping prior…" with the following:

Place permanent striping prior to allowing traffic on the pavement, and only if the
Manufacturer's Representative determines that the pavement has cured sufficiently. If the
Manufacturer's Representative determines that the pavement has not cured sufficiently,
install flexible pavement markers according to Section 00225 prior to allowing traffic on the
pavement, until permanent striping can be installed.

00862.41 Pavement Surface - Replace the first sentence with the following:

Prepare the pavement surface as the manufacturer recommends, and as follows:

00862.41(a)       New or Existing Asphalt Concrete - Replace the first sentence with the
following:

Apply material only when the Manufacturer's Representative has determined that the
surface is sufficiently dry, clean and free of contaminants such as surface oils and existing
road marking materials.

00862.41(b)       Portland Cement Concrete - Replace the first sentence with the following:

Apply material to concrete that has reached a minimum compressive strength of 20.7 MPa
(3,000 psi), and only when the Manufacturer's Representative has determined that the
surface is sufficiently dry, clean and free of contaminants such as curing agents, laitance,
surface oils, and road marking materials.

00862.42 Application - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use the standard skip
cycle…" with the following:

Use skip cycles consisting of a skip line stripe followed by a gap, containing no markings,
until the next skip line stripe. Length of stripes and gaps shall be as shown. Match new
skips to the pattern of existing markings on at least one end of the Project.

00862.43(b) Allowable Tolerances - In the list of allowable tolerances, replace "Side to
side" with "Lateral location on roadway". Replace the "Length of skip" bulleted item with the
following three bulleted items:

        Length of 3.00 m (10 foot) skip stripe - ± 50 mm (2 inches)
        Length of 0.90 m (3 foot) skip stripe - ± 19 mm (3/4 inch)
        Length of 0.60 m (2 foot) skip stripe - ± 12 mm (1/2 inch)

Replace the "Length of gap" bulleted item with the following three bulleted items:

        Length of 9.2 m (30 foot) gap - ± 50 mm (2 inches)
        Length of 2.70 m (9 foot) gap - ± 25 mm (1 inch)
        Length of 1.80 m (6 foot) gap - ± 19 mm (3/4 inch)




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  141
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

In the paragraph that begins "If it is determined that…", replace the second sentence with
the following:

Do not allow the top of the line to be cupped. Except for protected inlaid markings, do not
allow the top of the lines to be lower than the wearing surface.

In the bulleted list after the sentence beginning "Durable permanent pavement markings…",
make the following revisions:

Delete the bulleted item, that begins "The inlay slot is not filled slightly…"

Add the following bulleted items:

        The material blackens or is inconsistent in color.
        The inlay slot is not filled to the specified depth.
        The marking exhibits poor adhesion.
        The color does not match 33538 Federal Yellow.

00862.43(c) Retro-reflectivity - In the sentence that begins "Measure the retro-
reflectivity…", delete "(100 foot)".

Add the following subsection:

00862.45 Winter Activities - If the Project continues for more than one construction
season, and has sections of roadway that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are insufficiently
marked to facilitate safe driving:

        Furnish and place painted permanent pavement striping according to Section 00861
         to ensure safe driving conditions throughout the Project, until the durable permanent
         striping can be placed. Temporary flexible pavement markers are not acceptable for
         the purposes of this subsection.

        Unless an offset configuration is previously approved by the Engineer, remove
         pavement striping placed under this subsection, prior to placement of the durable
         striping.

00862.75 Warranty - Replace this subsection with the following:

00862.75 Manufacturer's Warranty - Furnish a Warranty, signed by the Manufacturer‟s
Representative, according to the following:

For surface-mounted thermoplastic materials, provide a Warranty that all markings will stay
in place and will maintain a minimum retroreflectivity of 150 millicandellas for white and
125 millicandellas for yellow. The period of the Warranty shall be three years.

For protected inlaid thermoplastic materials, provide a Warranty that all markings will stay in
place and will maintain a minimum retroreflectivity of 150 millicandellas for white and
125 millicandellas for yellow. The period of the Warranty shall be four years.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  142
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

For methyl methacrylate materials, provide a four-year Warranty that all markings will stay
in place and will maintain a minimum retroreflectivity of 150 millicandellas for white and
125 millicandellas for yellow. The period of the Warranty shall be four years.

The Warranty period will start on the date the Engineer accepts the work and authorizes
final payment.

The Warranty shall recite that the manufacturer is required to repair or replace, at the
discretion of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Agency, all markings that fail top
bond or drop below the required minimum retroreflectivity during the Warranty period, within
six months of the Agency's written request to do so.

When the Agency makes written request to the manufacturer for repair or replacement, the
Warranty period will stop until the requested repair(s) or replacement(s) are made and
accepted.

If retroreflectivity becomes a concern at any time during the Warranty period, the Engineer
will measure the retroreflectivity of the area in question, using a Mirolux 12, a 30 m
retroreflectometer (mobile or handheld), or similar device. The surfaces of the roadway will
not be cleaned in preparation for taking readings, but areas of obvious contamination will be
avoided.

For the purpose of the Warranty, a cumulative 5% or greater loss of line due to non-
adhesion on any 100 meter (328 foot) segment of marking will constitute failure of the
material in that segment.

Perform Warranty repair work when weather permits. At the discretion of the Agency,
temporary pavement markings may be required, at the Contractor‟s expense, to protect
traffic until repairs can be made.

00862.90 General In the bulleted list below the paragraph that begins "Payment for items
(a)…", add the following bullets:

        Placing layout guidelines
        Providing the Manufacturer's Representative
        Furnishing the Warranty
        Placing and removing winter markings according to 00862.45

In the bulleted list below the paragraph that begins "There will be no separate or additional
payment…", replace the third bullet with the following bullet:

        Material used to fill depressions resulting from pavement line removal

Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Payment for work under this Section will be limited to 80% of the amount due until the
Agency has received the signed Warranty.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 143
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

       SECTION 00905 - REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING SIGNS


Comply with Section 00905 of the Standard Specifications.


                               SECTION 00910 - WOOD SIGN POSTS


Comply with Section 00910 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00910.80 General - Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:

The quantities of wood posts will be measured by volume to the nearest 0.01 m 3 (0.01 foot
board measure, FBM), using actual (nominal for FBM) sizes and lengths, of each wood post
installed.

00910.90 General - Replace the last sentence of this subsection with the following:

No separate payment will be made for route marker frames, wind bracing, or special sign
brackets.


                          SECTION 00920 - SIGN SUPPORT FOOTINGS


Comply with Section 00920 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00920.00 Scope - Replace the second sentence with the following:

Sign support footings include foundations for overhead sign supports and roadside sign
supports.

Add the following:

00920.01 Existing Footings - Contractor shall field verify conditions of all existing sign
supports. Should sign support meet the requirements of Section 00930 along with approval
of the Engineer, that sign support may be used in place of new sign support.

00920.80 Lump Sum Basis - The estimated quantities of Materials required are:

            Location                       Material                Quantity
                                                        (m3)                   (kg)

                                    Concrete           17.12

                                    Reinforcement      --------               1 392

    Excavation quantity will equal the cubic meters of concrete.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   144
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

In the last sentence of the second paragraph, replace "00190.10(e)" with "00190.10(f)".


                            SECTION 00930 - METAL SIGN SUPPORTS


Comply with Section 00930 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00930.00 Scope - Add the following:

Furnish and install exit number sign supports for 5 exit number sign(s) as detailed on
Standard Drawing TM225.

00930.02 Working Drawings - In the paragraph that begins "Working drawings are
not…", add the following bullets to the bulleted list:

        Signal Pole Mounts
        Exit Number Sign Supports
        Route Frame Markers
        Secondary Sign Supports

In the paragraph that begins "Working drawings for these supports…", replace "ODOT‟s
Sign Design Unit" and "the Sign Design Unit" with "the Engineer of Record".

00930.04 Existing Supports - Contractor shall field verify conditions of all existing sign
supports. Should existing sign support meet the requirements of Sections 00930 along with
approval of the Engineer, that sign support may be used in place of new sign support.

00930.09 Identifying Tags - In the fifth sentence, replace "150 mm (6 inches)" with
"152 mm (6 inches)".

00930.10 General - Replace the second paragraph with the following:

Provide galvanized bolts, nuts, hardened washers, and direct tension indicators conforming
to Section 02560, except the Rotational Capacity Test of 02560.60(a) need not be repeated
at the job site.

00930.40(d) Bolt Installation - Replace the paragraph that begins "Provide all high
strength bolts..." with the following:

Provide all high strength bolts with hardened washers under the element (nut or bolt head)
turned in tightening. If a high strength bolt is installed in an oversize or short slotted hole in
an outer ply, use a hardened washer. If a high strength bolt is installed in a long slotted
hole in an outer ply, use a plate washer or a continuous bar made of structural grade steel
at least 8 mm (5/16 inch) thick with standard holes. Make the washer or bar sufficiently
large to completely cover the slot after installation.

Delete the paragraph that begins "Unless shown, specified or allowed…".




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     145
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

Replace the last sentence of the paragraph that begins "Protect fasteners from dirt…" with
the following:

Lubricated fasteners that accumulate dirt shall be cleaned and relubricated according to
02560.70.

Delete the paragraph that begins "Furnish, at no additional compensation…".

00930.40(d-1) Bolt Installation for Slip Bases (Breakaway) - Add the following before the
first sentence:

Furnish, at no additional compensation, a calibrated torque wrench of a capacity
appropriate to the size of the high-strength bolts installed and tightened. Confirm the
accuracy of the calibrated torque wrench through calibration by an approved testing agency
at least once a year.

00930.40(d-2) Bolt Installation for Nonslip Connections - Replace this subsection
heading and first sentence with the following:

    (2) Bolt Installation for Slip-Critical Connections - Tighten high strength bolts by
    direct tension indicator method unless noted otherwise.

00930.40(d-2-a.) Direct Tension Indicator Tightening - Replace the first two sentences
of the first paragraph with the following:

Install new and unused direct tension indicator washers that meet the requirements of
02560.20(d) and 02560.40(b) at each bolt. Do not permit the surfaces contacting the
protrusions of the direct tension indicator washers to turn during tightening. Bring each bolt
to a snug tight condition, as indicated by partial compression of the direct tension indicator
protrusions.

Replace the second paragraph with the following:

A nil gap is defined as the condition that exists when at least half of the spaces between the
direct tension indicator protrusions refuse entry to a 0.125 mm (0.005 inch) feeler gage, and
a visible gap exists in at least one space.

00930.40(d-2-b.) Turn-of-Nut Tightening - Replace this subsection with the following:

         b. Turn-of-Nut Tightening - During            all   turn-of-nut   tightening,  proceed
         systematically from the most rigid part of the connection to the free edges. Tighten
         all bolts until they are simultaneously snug tight and the connection is fully
         compacted. Snug tight is defined as the tightness that exists when all plies of the
         joint are in firm contact. This may be attained by a few impacts of an impact wrench
         or the full effort of a worker using a 305 mm (12 inch) long wrench. Following this
         initial operation, further tighten all bolts in the connection by the amount of rotation
         specified in Table 00560-2 of Section 00560. During the tightening operation do not
         permit rotation of the part not turned by the wrench.

00930.40(e-2) Direct Tension Indicator Method - Delete the paragraph that begins "Install
and tighten bolts…".


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    146
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00930.40(e-3) Turn-of-Nut Method - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use the following
inspection procedure…" with the following:

When all turn-of-nut tightening activities have been witnessed and found acceptable by the
inspector, no additional bolt tightening inspection is required. If turn-of-nut tightening has
been performed without being witnessed by the inspector, the following inspection
procedure shall be used:


00930.80 Lump Sum Basis - The estimated quantities of structural steel to be paid for on
the lump sum basis are as follows:

               Item                                                Estimated Quantity
                                                                          (kg)

    Multi-post Breakaway Sign Support                                    1 550
    Triangular Base Breakaway Sign Support                                410
    Square Tube Sign Support                                              40

In the final sentence of the second paragraph, replace "00190.10(e)" with "00190.10(f)".

00930.90 General - Replace the first sentence of the paragraph beginning "No separate
payment…" with the following:

No separate payment will be made for route marker frames, wind bracing, pole clamps,
stainless steel clamps, or special sign brackets.


                                           SECTION 00940 - SIGNS


Comply with Section 00940 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00940.01(a) Color - Replace the paragraph that begins "Use sign background colors…"
with the following:

Use sign background colors conforming to the Federal Highway Administration "Color
Specifications for Retroreflective Sign and Pavement Marking Materials". Non-reflective,
reflective, and retroreflective sheeting shall conform to Section 02910.

00940.02 Types of Signs - Replace sign types "B" through "YG" with the following:

"B" Blue encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background with silver-white
encapsulated lens retroreflective permanent or removable legend, or silver-white
encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting overlaid with blue transparent paste background,
with retroreflective silver-white screened legend on extruded panels, sheet aluminum, or
plywood.

"B1" Blue enclosed lens reflective sheeting background with silver-white encapsulated
lens permanent or removable legend, or silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   147
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

sheeting overlaid with blue transparent paste background, with retroreflective silver-white
screened legend on extruded panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"B2" Blue encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded aluminum panels, with
white prismatic lens retroreflective removable legend.

"B3" Blue prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded or sheet aluminum, with
white prismatic lens retroreflective permanent or removable legend.

"C" Brown encapsulated lens retroreflective lens sheeting background with silver-white
encapsulated lens retroreflective permanent or removable legend, or silver-white
encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting overlaid with brown transparent paste
background, with retroreflective silver-white screened legend on extruded aluminum panels,
sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"C1" Brown encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded aluminum panels, with
white prismatic lens retroreflective removable legend.

"C2" Brown prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on sheet aluminum, with white prismatic
lens retroreflective permanent legend or white prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting with
screened brown legend.

"C3" Brown prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded aluminum panels, with
white prismatic lens retroreflective removable legend.

"F" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting overlaid with red and blue
transparent paste background, with silver-white screened legend or encapsulated lens
retroreflective permanent legend on sheet aluminum or plywood.

"F1" White prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting overlaid with red and blue transparent
paste background on sheet aluminum, with white prismatic lens retroreflective permanent
legend.

"G" Green encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background with silver-white
encapsulated lens retroreflective permanent or removable legend, or silver-white
encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting overlaid with green transparent paste
background with retroreflective silver-white screened legend on extruded aluminum panels,
sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"G1" Green encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded aluminum panels, with
white prismatic lens retroreflective removable legend.

"G2" Green encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting on sheet aluminum, with white
prismatic lens retroreflective permanent legend.

"G3" Green prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on sheet aluminum, with white prismatic
lens retroreflective permanent legend or white prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting with
green screened legend.

"G4" Green prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded aluminum panels, with
white prismatic lens retroreflective removable legend.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               148
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

"O" Orange enclosed lens reflective sheeting background on extruded aluminum panels,
sheet aluminum, or plywood, with nonreflective black legend.

"OO" Orange encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on extruded
aluminum panels, sheet aluminum, or plywood, with nonreflective black legend.

"O3" Orange encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet aluminum or
plywood, with nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend and retroreflective
red symbol. (Stop or Yield Ahead Symbol sign)

"O4" Orange fluorescent prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum or plywood, with nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend.

"O5" Orange fluorescent prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded aluminum
panels, with black nonreflective removable legend.

"R" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting overlaid with red transparent
paste background on sheet aluminum or plywood, with encapsulated lens retroreflective
silver-white permanent legend. (Stop Sign, Wrong-Way, Do Not Enter, etc.)

"R1" White prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting overlaid with red transparent paste
background on sheet aluminum or plywood, with white prismatic lens retroreflective
permanent legend.

"R2" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum or plywood, overlaid with screened red transparent paste triangle and legend or
encapsulated lens red retroreflective triangle and legend. (Yield Sign)

"R3" White prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet aluminum or
plywood, overlaid with screened red transparent paste triangle and legend.

"R4" Rubber STOP flap made of natural rubber with a red background and white lettering.

"W1" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background with nonreflective
black screened, cut-out permanent, or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels,
sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"W2" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum or plywood, with a screened nonreflective black legend and a retroreflective circle
and continuous diagonal bar overlaid with red transparent paste. (Prohibition)

"W3" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum or plywood, with transparent brown screened legend or brown encapsulated lens
retroreflective cut-out permanent legend.

"W4" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum or plywood, with transparent red screened legend or red encapsulated lens
retroreflective cut-out permanent legend.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                149
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

"W5" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum or plywood, with green transparent screened legend or green encapsulated lens
retroreflective cut-out permanent legend.

"W6" White prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on sheet aluminum, with a screened or
cut-out nonreflective black legend and a retroreflective circle and continuous diagonal bar
overlaid with red transparent paste.

"W7" White prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet aluminum, with
nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend.

"W8" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum or plywood, with transparent blue screened legend or blue encapsulated lens
retroreflective cut-out permanent legend.

"W9" Silver-white encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on plywood, with
orange fluorescent prismatic lens retroreflective border and OTIA logo permanent legend.
Lower legend is nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend.

"W10" White prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting on extruded aluminum panels, with
black nonreflective removable legend.

"Y1" Yellow encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background with nonreflective
black screened, cut-out permanent, or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels,
sheet aluminum, or plywood.

"Y2" Yellow encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet aluminum or
plywood, with a screened or cut-out nonreflective black legend and encapsulated lens
retroreflective red and green circles. The center yellow circle shall be part of the
background. (Signal Ahead Symbol Sign)

"Y3" Yellow prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background with nonreflective black
screened, cut-out permanent or removable legend on extruded aluminum panels or sheet
aluminum.

"Y4" Yellow encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet aluminum or
plywood, with nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend and encapsulated
lens retroreflective red symbol. (Stop or Yield Ahead Symbol Sign)

"Y5" Yellow fluorescent prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum, with nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend.

"Y6" Yellow prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet aluminum, with
nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend and prismatic lens retroreflective
sheeting red and green circles. (Signal Ahead Symbol Sign)

"Y7" Yellow prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet aluminum, with
nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend and prismatic lens retroreflective
sheeting red symbol. (Stop or Yield Ahead Symbol Sign)




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               150
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

"YG" Yellow-green fluorescent prismatic lens retroreflective sheeting background on sheet
aluminum, with nonreflective black screened or cut-out permanent legend.

00940.03 Drawings - Replace the second sentence with the following:

Standard signs called for in the Contract Documents shall be constructed using drawings
available in FHWA‟s "Standard Highway Signs" (FHWA English Version) or ODOT‟s "Sign
Policy and Guidelines for the State Highway System".

Add the following subsection:

00940.04 Construction - Signs shall be fabricated of matched components from the same
supplier, to ensure that all components of each sign are compatible, and are warrantable by
the manufacturer.

00940.10 General - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The use of reinforced sheet aluminum signs is not allowed.

The use of medium-density overlay (MDO) plywood for permanent signs is not allowed.

00940.41(b) Extruded Aluminum - Replace this paragraph, except for the heading, with
the following:

Each panel of extruded aluminum panel signs shall be a continuous section. Apply the sign
sheeting to the extrusion a sufficient distance around the edge to ensure that no aluminum
surface is visible on the face of the sign.
00940.80 General - Replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with the following:

The quantity of signs measured will be the area, to the nearest 0.01 m2 (0.1 square foot),
computed by multiplying height and width, using the dimensions shown.


  SECTION 00950 - REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION
                          AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS


Comply with Section 00950 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00950.42 Stockpiling Existing Materials - Salvage and stockpile the following materials
at the locations indicated. Contact Region 3 Electrical Crew at (541) 957-3667 to confirm
delivery 48 hours prior to delivery.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               151
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                     Materials                          Stockpile Locations

    Existing Pole No. 70                              Shady Maintenance Yard
                                                      3339 Old Hwy. 99
    Existing Pole No. 71 and arm                      Roseburg, OR 97470

    Existing Pole No. 74 and arm
    Arm only on Pole No. 68

00950.43 Reinstalling - Reinstall the following existing materials at the locations
indicated:

                     Materials                        Reinstallation Locations

    Existing Pole No. 66, arms and luminaires          “B” 83+733; “NB” 83+734.5

    Existing Pole No. 67 and luminair                  “B” 83+820

    Existing Pole No. 68, arm* and luminaire           “B” 83+893
    *In Stage IV replace 2.4 meter arm with arm
    4.6 meter arm from existing Pole No. 70

    Existing Pole No. 69, arm and luminaire            “NB” 83+965

    Existing Pole No. 72 and luminaire (New No. 73)    “D” 83+842

    Existing Pole No. 75 and luminaire (New No. 76)    “C”84+225

    Existing Pole No. 76, arm and luminaire
    (New No. 78)                                       “SB” 84+372

    Existing Pole No. 77, arm and luminaire
    (New No. 79)                                       “SB” 84+445

    Existing Pole No. 78, arm and luminaire
    (New No. 74)                                       “SH” 42+232

    Existing Pole No. 79, arm and luminaire
    (New No. 75)                                       “SH” 42+165

    Existing Post, Cabinet No. 302, PE and
    Meter Service                                      “SB” 83_568

    Existing Post, Cabinet No. 301, PE and
    Meter Service                                      “SH” 42+175

00950.90 Lump Sum Basis - Replace this subsection with the following:

00950.91 Incidental Basis - No separate payment will be made for work done under this
Section. Payment will be included in payment made for the appropriate items listed in
00970.90.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                           152
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                  SECTION 00960 - COMMON PROVISIONS FOR HIGHWAY
                         ILLUMINATION AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS


Comply with Section 00960 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00960.41(a)       General - Replace the first paragraph with the following:

(a) General - Protect all existing pipes that become a part of a foundation as directed by
the Engineer.

00960.41(d)       Conduit Under Paved Surfaces - Remove "jacking," from this paragraph.

00960.41(d-1) Jacking or Drilling - Replace this subsection with the following:

    (1) Horizontal Directional Drilling - Drilling shall not "hump" or deform the pavement
    and shall be guided. Pneumatic hammers are not allowed. Keep drilling pits at least
    600 mm (2 feet) from the edge of pavement unless otherwise authorized in writing. Do
    not use water or drilling fluids to the extent that the pavement might be undermined or
    subgrade softened. Sand bedding and marking tape are not required with this method.
    When the work must be left overnight, cover the drilling pit with adequate planking.

00960.41(d-2-c) Safety - Remove this paragraph from the Standard Specifications.

00960.41(g-1-c-1) New Roadway and Shoulder, or Existing                       Non-roadway,
Non-shoulder Pavement - Replace this subsection with the following:

             1. New Roadway and Shoulder, or Existing Non-roadway, Non-shoulder
             Pavement - Place selected granular backfill material in layers not greater than
             150 mm (6 inches) thick. Compact the selected granular backfill material
             according to 00405.46(c-2).

00960.41(g-1-c-3) Unpaved Areas - Replace this subsection with the following:

             3. Unpaved Areas - Place selected granular backfill material in layers not
             greater than 150 mm (6 inches) thick. Compact the selected granular backfill
             material according to 00405.46(c-2) to the top of trench, surrounding ground
             level or upper limit of excavation as directed. The sand drainage blanket
             requirement of a. and b. above may be deleted as approved when excavated
             material does not contain large, angular stones that could fracture or dent
             conduit.

00960.42(e) Underground Conduit Installation - Replace the first sentence of the
paragraph that begins "Make conduit runs…" with the following:

Make conduit runs continuous between any pole, junction box, or cabinet.

Replace the paragraph that begins "Do not cover conduit…" with the following:

Do not cover conduit runs until inspected.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                153
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00960.42(g) Conduit Ends and Couplings - Replace the paragraph that begins "Thread
nonmetallic conduit fittings..." with the following:

Use a nonmetallic female threaded connector to connect nonmetallic conduit to metallic
conduit.

00960.42(h-1) General - Replace the fourth bulleted item with the following bullet:

        Use factory 90° galvanized rigid metallic bends.

00960.44(a) General - In the paragraph that begins "In boxes having an open bottom…",
replace "9.5 mm - 0 (3/8" - 0) rounded gravel" with "19 mm - 0 (3/4" - 0) crushed gravel".

Replace the paragraph that begins "Ground metal junction boxes…" with the following:

Bond metal junction boxes and covers to form a continuous system with metallic conduit,
grounding wire, metal standards and controller cabinets. Leave enough slack in the bond
wire to the cover to allow complete removal of the cover. Junction boxes and covers
containing only loop feeders, emergency vehicle preemption cables and DC interconnect do
not need to be bonded.

00960.45(a) General - In the paragraph that begins "Pull all wire on a straight line…",
remove the sentence that reads "Other methods may be used if approved.".

00960.47 Wood Poles - Replace this subsection with the following:
00960.47 Wood Poles - Submit wood pole designs according to 00960.02 including
proposed ANSI 05.1 wood pole Class, guy anchor and span wire designs, and pole setting
depths.

00960.50(a) General - In the third sentence of the paragraph that begins "Make all
conduit, metal poles,…" replace "copper equipment ground wire" with "copper grounding
electrode conductor".

00960.50(b) Ground Rods - In the second sentence of the paragraph that begins "If
approved, grounding rods…", add the word "galvanized" between the words "buried" and
"iron".

00960.50(c)       Services and Cabinets - Replace the first paragraph with the following:

(c) Services and Cabinets - Ground the neutral conductor, the control cabinets, and the
metal base to the grounding electrode system. Locate ground rods at ground mounted
cabinets outside bases with the ground wires entering the cabinet through a 27 mm (1 inch)
metal conduit bend (non-metallic conduit bend for signal installation foundations, except
remote service cabinets). Connect the conduit bend, other conduit inside the cabinet, and
the grounding electrode conductor to the ground lug inside the cabinet.

00960.50(e)       Metal Poles - Replace the first paragraph with the following:

(e) Metal Poles - Install a ground rod at each pole, pedestal, or tower foundation, except
those containing only low voltage DC current. At each pole or tower location, supply and
install a separate 27 mm (1 inch) non-metallic conduit and elbows (except remote service


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    154
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

cabinets), with a grounding electrode conductor from a lug inside the pole or tower to the
ground rod clamp at the ground rod. Bond all conduit within the pole or tower together and
to the ground rod. Use No. 6 AWG copper bond wire.

In the second sentence of the paragraph that begins "For metal illumination poles…",
replace "copper ground wire" with "copper grounding electrode conductor".

Replace the paragraph that begins "For standard four-bold anchor base…" with the
following:

For standard four-bolt anchor base poles, provide a 12.7 mm (1/2 inch), Type 308, 309 or
310 stainless steel stud on the inside of the shaft. Locate the stud directly opposite and
level with the handhole in the pole. Attach grounding electrode conductors and bonding
conductors to the stud with a grounding wire clamp, "acorn style", similar to what is used
with ground rods in (b) above.

00960.70 Electrical Energy - Replace the second sentence of the paragraph that begins
"Obtain the required permits…" with the following:

Arrange for the utility to make the electrical hookup.


                            SECTION 00970 - HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION


Comply with Section 00970 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

00970.80 General - In the last sentence of the second paragraph, replace “…according to
00190.10(e).” with “…according to 00190.10(f).

Add the following:

The estimated quantities of pole foundation in rock, lighting poles and arms to be paid on
the lump sum basis are as follows:

       Item                                                                              Quantity

    Pole Foundation in Rock ............................................................... 3 each
    Lighting Poles, Fixed Base ..............................................................63.1 m
    Lighting Pole Arms ......................................................................... 6.0 m

The estimated quantity, for pole foundations, in rock, is listed above for the purpose of
providing a basis for adjustment. Any adjustment in the Contract lump sum amount will be
made according to 00190.10(f).




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                                 155
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

00970.90 Lump Sum Basis - Add the following pay item:

                    Pay Item                                              Unit of Measurement

              (h) Pole Foundation in Rock ........................................... lump sum

Replace the paragraph beginning “Item (g) includes…” with the following:

Item (g) includes refurbishing, reinstalling, including new bolts, nuts, washers and other
work as specified which includes removal, storage and delivery of existing illumination
system.

Add the following:

Item (h) includes all pole foundations in basalt rock.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                         156
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                      SECTION 01030 - SEEDING


Comply with Section 01030 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

01030.13(b) Quality - Furnish "Oregon Certified Seed" for all seed types in the mix listed
with an asterisk (*). For all seed types not listed with an asterisk, furnish seed that meets
the requirements of the Oregon Seed Law.

01030.13(f)       Types of Seed Mixes - Provide the following seed mix formulas:

        Temporary Seeding - Apply a minimum of 18.2 kg of PLS per ha as follows:

         Botanical Name                      PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =    Amount
         (Common Name)                     (kg/ha) (minimum)     (minimum)         (kg/ha)

         Lolium multiflorum
         (Annual Ryegrass)                 70%        _____%        _____%          ______

         Festuca rubra
         (Red Fescue)                      15%        _____%        _____%          ______

         Trifolium repens
         (White Clover)                    15%        _____%        _____%          ______

        Water Quality Seeding - Permanent Seeding Mix No. 1 (approximately .06 ha).
         Apply a minimum of 10 kg of PLS per ha of the following seed mix:

         Botanical Name                      PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =    Amount
         (Common Name)                     (kg/ha) (minimum)     (minimum)         (kg/ha)

         Carex geyeri
         (Elk Sedge)                        5%        _____%        _____%          ______

         Carex hodii
         (Hood‟s Sedge)                     5%        _____%        _____%          ______

         Hordeum brachyantherum
         (Meadow Barley)        20%                   _____%        _____%          ______

         Deschampsia caespitosa
         (Tufted Hairgrass)     30%                   _____%        _____%          ______

         Festuca rubra var. „Rubra‟
         (Native Red Fescue)        40%               _____%        _____%          ______




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 157
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        Dry Seeding - Permanent Seeding mix No. 2 (approximately .08 ha).          Apply a
         minimum of 12 kg of PLS per ha of the following seed mix:

         Botanical Name                      PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =   Amount
         (Common Name)                     (kg/ha) (minimum)     (minimum)        (kg/ha)

         Bromus carinatus
         (California Brome)                24%        _____%        _____%         ______

         Festuca ovina
         (Sheep Fescue)                    24%        _____%        _____%         ______

         Festuca rubra var. „Rubra‟
         (Native Red Fescue)        50%               _____%        _____%         ______

         Iris Bracteata
         (Siskyou Iris)                     1%        _____%        _____%         ______

         Lupinus latifolius
         (Broadleaf Lupine)                 1%        _____%        _____%         ______

        Roadside Seeding - Permanent Seeding mix No. 3 (approximately 3.77 ha). Apply
         a minimum of 350 kg of PLS per ha of the following seed mix:

         Botanical Name                      PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =   Amount
         (Common Name)                     (kg/ha) (minimum)     (minimum)        (kg/ha)

         Lolium perenne var.
         „Delaware Dwarf‟
         (Delaware Dwarf                   30%        ____%         ____%          _____
         Perennial Rye Grass)

         Lolium perenne var.
         “Nobility‟
         (Nobility Perennial               30%        ____%         ____%          _____
         Ryegrass)

         Festuca rubra var.
         „Silhouette chewings fescue‟
         (Silhouette Chewings      20%                ____%         ____%          _____
         Fescue)

         Festuca rubra var.
         „Badger creeping red fescue‟
         (Badger Creeping Red      20%                ____%         ____%          _____
         Fescue)

01030.15 Mulch - Furnish the following kind(s) of mulch:

        Hydromulch



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               158
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

        Straw

01030.15(a)       Hydromulch - Add the following to the end of the second paragraph:

Add green dye to the cellulose fiber to provide visual aid in application.

01030.15(c)       Tracer - Replace this subsection with the following:

(c) Tracer - Tracer is a hydromulch material applied with seed to provide a visual aid for
uniform application.

01030.41 Temporary Seeding - Add the following:

This work includes permanent seeding and other seeding work when applied outside the
seeding dates that are specified in 01030.42.

01030.44(b) Low-phosphorous - Do not use low-phosphorous fertilizer within 15 meters
(50 feet) of water.

01030.48(a-1) Hydroseeding operation - Add the following sentence:

Apply seed, fertilizer and tracer in a one step application prior to installing erosion control
matting.

01030.48(a-1-a)       Two-step operation - Replace the first bulleted item with the following:

        Step 1 - Apply seed and fertilizer (separately or together). Include a hydromulch
         tracer, at a rate of 560 kg/ha (500 pounds per acre), with the seed.

01030.48(a-4-a)       Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Replace this subsection with the
following:

    a. Liquid Stabilizer Emulsions - Dilute the liquid stabilizer emulsion with water at a
    rate of one part emulsion to 30 parts water. Apply the diluted mixture at a rate or
    8100 L/ha (865 gallons per acre) unless the manufacturer recommends a greater rate of
    application.

Add the following subsection:

01030.90 General - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

In areas where temporary seeding is applied once to provide temporary stabilization
according to 01030.41 and is also accepted as permanent seeding according to 01030.42,
payment will be made only one time under the permanent seeding pay item. No payment
will be made for temporary seeding.

Temporary seeding will be paid for under the permanent seeding pay item.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                    159
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                     SECTION 01040 - PLANTING


Comply with Section 01040 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

01040.13 Soil Testing - Soil testing is required on this Project.

01040.19(b) Quantity - Add the following paragraphs to this section:

Use plant materials for plantings that have been grown and maintained at locations known
within the trade to yield plants adopted to the Roseburg area conditions, from local
nurseries within 80 kilometers (50 mile) radius of the site. Nurseries must be able to harden
stock to conditions of the area. For bulbs, provide material commonly accepted in the trade
as “medium” or larger. Use the best-accepted horticultural practices for the species and
variety.

01040.21 Herbicides - Add the following sentence after the second sentence:

Mechanical or other methods may be used to control weeds and unwanted vegetation.

Add the following:

No herbicide application shall be permitted with 90 meters of any active flowing water.

01040.22 Water - Provide timed-released water for this Project.

01040.22(b) Timed-Release Watering Packages - The Contractor shall install Timed-
Release Watering Packages in accordance with manufacturer‟s specifications for plant
materials not irrigated.

01040.23(c) Browing Protection - Protect plans according to the following:
   03110.75 Browing Protection - Provide No. ADC1040 plastic netting tubes, or approved
   equal, as shown on plans. Install netting with two bamboo stakes, 1.2 m long by 10-12
   mm diameter. This product is available from Terra Tech, Inc. of Eugene, Oregon, or
   Vex Pro #5081, 82.5 mm x .45 m, available from Reforestation Tech International, or
   approved equal.

01040.41 Planting Seasons (West of the Cascades) - Replace the first sentence of the
first paragraph with the following:

Perform all plant installation work from September 1 to April 15, unless otherwise specified.

01040.47 Fertilizers - Add the following:

No application of fertilizer shall be permitted with 15 meters of wetlands or OHW elevation
of other waters of the State.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  160
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

01040.48 Preparation - Add the following:

In the planting mitigation area, prior to planting operations, spray and cut all stands of
Himalayan Blackberry stands with herbicide, per manufacturer‟s instructions and in
accordance with Oregon Department of Agriculture regulations. Take care not to spray
other existing vegetation. Do not plant after spray application prior to recommendations by
manufacturer.

Himalayan Blackberry Removal - Cut stems to within 150 mm above the ground level.
Paint all exposed stems with Rodeo, or approved equal. Wait two weeks and spray all new
blackberry shoots. Allow one week for absorption of herbicide. Till or disc areas to receive
wetland plantings. Plant roots may be left in the soil.

01040.54 Watering - Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following:

Water all plants at intervals as required to maintain and promote growth. Water shall be
obtained at the contractor‟s expense including al fees, charges, and the cost of water during
contract maintenance and plant establishment period.

01040.55(g) Browse Protectors - Add the following sentence:

Install browse protection on those plant materials designated with a BP in the plant
schedule.

01040.55 Miscellaneous Items - Add the following item:

01040.55(k) Location Stakes - Add locations stakes to those plant materials that have
been accepted by the Engineer for accounting purposes in the Establishment Period.
Install one (1) stake 50 mm x 50 mm x 1.8 m painted with a red top adjacent to all trees and
shrubs.

01040.71 Care of Work - Add the following item:

Renew timed-release water at intervals no longer than every 70 days during growing
season.


                                       SECTION 01050 - FENCES


Comply with Section 01050 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

01050.00 Scope - Add the following:

Type 2 modified fence shall be a minimum of 1524 mm (60 inches) in height. Fence shall
be in accordance to Type 2 detail located on Standard Drawing RD810 except that the
height of the 810 mm woven wire portion shall be replaced with a height of 1074 mm.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 161
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                       SECTION 02001 - CONCRETE


Comply with Section 02001 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02001.01 Abbreviations and Definitions - Add the following abbreviations and definition:

    cm         - Cementitious Materials (portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, ground
                 granulated blast furnace slag)

    GGBFS - Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag

High Performance Concrete (HPC) - Structural concrete, with enhanced durability and
strength characteristics, for use in structures where improved durability and performance is
required.

02001.10 General - Replace the "Modifiers" reference with the following:

             Modifiers (fly ash, silica fume, latex, GGBFS)……………………02030

02001.30(a)       Structural Concrete - Add the following after the parenthesis:

"or when high performance concrete (HPC) is specified"

02001.30(d)       Classes - Add the following paragraph before Table 02001-1:

HPC is required when the letters "HPC" precede the ƒ'c. For example, Class HPC30 - 19.0
(Class HPC4400 - 3/4) indicates high performance concrete with an ƒ'c of 30 MPa
(4400 psi) with a nominal maximum size aggregate of 19.0 mm (3/4 inch).

Add the following to Table 02001-1:

                                                      METRIC
                                     Maximum                    Test      Aggre-    Aggre-
                             Minimum           Trial                                          Certified
       Type                           Water                    Records     gate      gate
                             Cement-          Batch                                            Techni-
         of        Class             Cement-                     for      Source    Quality
                              itious         for New                                            cians
      Concrete                        itious                   Existing   Quality   Control
                             Content         Designs                                          Required
                                      Ratio                    Designs     Tests    Testing
                   HPC25               2          2
                              340 kg       0.40
                    MPa
                  HPC30                2          2                                            QCT
     Structural               370 kg       0.40
                    MPa                               Required Required Required Required      CCT
     Concrete
                  HPC35                                                                        CAgT
                                       2          2
                  MPa and     390 kg       0.40
                   above




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                                  162
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                                      ENGLISH

                                     Maximum                     Test      Aggre-    Aggre-
                             Minimum           Trial                                           Certified
         Type                         Water                     Records     gate      gate
                             Cement-          Batch                                             Techni-
           of       Class            Cement-                      for      Source    Quality
                              itious         for New                                             cians
        Concrete                      itious                    Existing   Quality   Control
                             Content         Designs                                           Required
                                      Ratio                     Designs     Tests    Testing
                                       2          2
                   HPC3600    570 lb       0.40
                                                                                                QCT
        Structural HPC4350 630 lb 2        0.40
                                                  2
                                                       Required Required Required Required      CCT
        Concrete
                                                                                                CAgT
                   HPC5000          2             2
                             660 lb        0.40
                   and above

     2
         All cementitious material (portland cement, fly ash, and silica fume). Fly ash shall
         be 30% by mass (weight) of the total cementitious materials. Silica fume shall be
         4% by mass (weight) of the total cementitious materials.

02001.41(b)        Fly Ash - Replace this subsection with the following:

(b) Fly Ash - Except for HPC, fly ash may be used in concrete to replace a portion of the
cement and as an additive to increase the total amount of cementitious materials. As a
replacement for cement, fly ash may comprise up to 20% of the minimum specified cement
content.

Additionally, the maximum allowable percent of fly ash shall be 35% of the total
cementitious materials, provided that the mix design contains at least 80% of the minimum
specified cement content as shown in Table 02001-1.

02001.41(d)        Chemical Admixtures - Add the following paragraph after the first
paragraph:

Use high range water reducing admixtures (HRWRA) in all HPC. Add other water reducing
admixtures (WRA) as needed.

02001.41(e)        Coarse Aggregates - Add the following bullet to the end the bulleted list:

         Proportion all HPC to include a minimum course aggregate solid volume of
          0.40 m3/m3 (cubic yard per cubic yard) of concrete.

02001.42 New Mix Designs - In the sentence that begins "Structural concrete on
projects...", add the following after the parentheses:

"and all structural concrete, Class HPC"

02001.42(a)        Trial Batch Method - Replace this subsection with the following:

(a) Trial Batch Method - Make at least one trial batch for each class of mixture, except for
CGC. Prepare and test the trial batch using the same ingredients and proportions that will
be used on the Project. In order to ensure proper workability on site, simulate the haul time
and mixing conditions that are forecast to occur on the Project. Cast, cure and test three or
more cylinders for compressive strength. Notify the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                                   163
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

of when trial batches will be performed. The Engineer may witness the preparation and
testing.

02001.42(b) Plastic Concrete - Replace all references of "water-cement ratio" with
"water-cementitious ratio".

02001.45(h-1) Tests on Plastic Concrete - Replace "cement content and water-cement
ratio" to "cementitious content and "water-cementitious ratio".

Add the following subsections:

02001.45(i)       Latex - Identify the:

        Manufacturer or Brand
        Type

02001.45(j)       Silica Fume - Identify the:

        Manufacturer or Brand
        Trade name
        Type - slurry or dry densified

02001.50 Concrete Mix Tolerances and Limits General - Modify Table 02001-3 as
follows:

Under the Limits column, replace "75 mm - 200 mm (3" - 4")" with "75 mm - 200 mm
(3" - 8")".

In the last row of the table, replace "Maximum Water-Cement Ration express as w/(c+p)"
with "Maximum water-cementitious ratio express as w/cm", and replace "Water-cement
ratio may not exceed the values in Table 02001-1" with "Water-cementitious ratio may not
exceed the values in Table 02001-1".


                              SECTION 02010 - PORTLAND CEMENT


Comply with Section 02010 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02010.20 Blended Hydraulic Cement - In the paragraph that begins with "Blended
Hydraulic Cement...", replace the words "Type SM slag-modified portland cement" with the
words "Type I(SM) slag-modified portland cement".

02010.20 Blended Hydraulic Cement - Replace the second bulleted item with the
following bullet:

        The pozzolan constituent of the blended cement shall be a fly ash conforming to
         02030.10 or GGBFS conforming to 02030.40.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                            164
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                     SECTION 02030 - MODIFIERS


Comply with Section 02030 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02030.00 Scope - Replace this subsection with the following:

02030.00 Scope - This Section includes the requirements and tolerances for fly ash, silica
fume, latex and ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) used in portland cement
concrete.

02030.20 Microsilica Admixture - Replace this subsection with the following:

02030.20 Silica Fume:

(a) Types - Provide the silica fume admixture as a slurry containing silica fume, water and
a high range water reducer, or as a densified powder. The silica fume portion shall conform
to AASHTO M 307, including Table 1a, Optional Chemical Requirements.

(b) Acceptance - Silica fume will be accepted for immediate use if accompanied by a test
results certificate according to 00165.35. If the silica fume admixture is supplied as a slurry,
the certificate shall indicate the silica fume content of the slurry as a percent by mass
(weight). If the silica fume is supplied as a densified powder, do not allow the packaging to
enter the concrete mixture.

02030.40 Granulated Ground Blast Furnace (GGBF) Slag - Replace this subsection
with the following:

02030.40 Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS) - GGBFS shall meet the
requirements of AASHTO M 302.


                              SECTION 02050 - CURING MATERIALS


Comply with Section 02050 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02050.00 Scope - Replace this subsection with the following:

02050.00 Scope - This Section includes the requirements for liquid compounds,
evaporation reducers, polyethylene films and curing blankets used to cover concrete and
other surfaces to retain moisture and to cure.

Add the following subsections:

02050.30 Curing Blankets - Furnish curing blankets from the QPL.

02050.40 Liquid Evaporation Reducer Compounds - Furnish evaporation reducer
compounds from the QPL.


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   165
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                    SECTION 02420 - METAL PIPE


Comply with Section 02420 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02420.20 Protective Coatings - Add the following subsection:

(d) Polymeric Coatings - If polymeric coating is shown on the pipe data sheet, use a
coating from section 02420.20 of the QPL.


                        SECTION 02520 - STEEL AND CONCRETE PILES


Comply with Section 02520 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02520.10(b)       Steel Pipe Piles - Add the following:

Provide cutting shoes conforming to the following:

                       METRIC                                    ENGLISH

           ASTM A 27M, Grade 450 - 240                    ASTM A 27, Grade 65 - 35
           ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 250                    ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 36
           ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 275                    ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 40
           ASTM A 148M, all grades                        ASTM A 148, all grades

02520.10(c) Steel H Piles - Replace the paragraph that begins "Reinforce tips of steel
H-piles..." with the following:

Reinforce the tips of steel H-piles with approved cast steel points from the QPL. In addition,
cast steel points shall meet the following:

        The cast steel points shall conform to the following:

                          METRIC                                 ENGLISH

             ASTM A 27M, Grade 450 - 240                  ASTM A 27, Grade 65 - 35
             ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 250                  ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 36
             ASTM A 27M, Grade 485 - 275                  ASTM A 27, Grade 70 - 40
             ASTM A 148M, all grades                      ASTM A 148, all grades

        Each cast steel point shall have a mass (weight) not less than 30% of the mass
         (weight) of a 0.3 m (1 foot) section of the H-pile to which it will be attached.

        Cast or stamp the manufacturer's name or identifying mark, pattern number, and
         heat or lot number on all cast steel points. Submit certified mill test reports showing
         the physical and chemical properties of each heat or lot number.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   166
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

The Engineer may randomly sample from each heat or lot number, at least one pile tip or
up to 10% of the tips for larger projects, of the pile tips delivered for incorporation into the
Project.

The selected tip(s) shall be nondestructively tested as follows:

        Determine the mass (weight) of the tip(s)
        Grind five smooth spots on each randomly selected tip

The Engineer will test each smooth spot on each tip with an ODOT portable hardness
tester. The hardness reading of each spot shall be greater than 30 on the "C" scale.

Three or more spots with a "C" scale reading of 30 or below, will be cause for rejection of
the tested tip and may result in rejection of the entire lot. Replace rejected tips with new
tips and rejected lots with new lots at Contractor's expense. New tips and new lots may
also be tested according to the requirements above.

Install cast steel points according to manufacturer‟s recommendations but with no less than
an 8 mm (5/16 inch) fillet weld full width of each flange.

No other cast steel points will be accepted unless the following conditions are met at the
Contractor's expense:

        Install proposed cast steel points on three piles
        Drive the piles to ultimate capacity
        Pull piles and examine the points
        No damage to the cast steel points is discernible


                              SECTION 02530 - STRUCTURAL STEEL


Comply with Section 02530 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02530.20 Structural Steel for Non-Bridge Structures - In the paragraph that begins
"Notch toughness of all plates…", insert "structural steel members and" between the words
"all" and "plates".


                               SECTION 02630 - BASE AGGREGATE


Comply with Section 02630 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02630.10(b) Fracture of Rounded Rock - In the first sentence, replace "WAQTC TM1"
with "AASHTO TP 61".




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   167
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

02630.11(a) Grading - In the first sentence, delete "shall be uniformly graded from
course to fine and".

02630.11(b)       Fracture of Rounded Rock - Add the following before the first sentence:

Fracture of rounded rock will be determined according to AASHTO TP 61.


                                SECTION 02690 - PCC AGGREGATE


Comply with Section 02690 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02690.20(e-1) Fracture - In this subsection, replace "WAQTC TM1" with "AASHTO TP 61".

02690.30(h)       Grading - In footnote number 1, replace the first sentence with the following:

Determine the fineness modulus according to AASHTO T 27/T 11.


                                SECTION 02910 - SIGN MATERIALS


Comply with Section 02910 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

02910.30 Reflective Sheeting (Encapsulated Lens) - Change the heading of this
subsection to: "Retroreflective Sheeting (Encapsulated Lens)".

02910.30(c) Warranty - Furnish a copy of a manufacturer's warranty for the sign
sheeting, consistent with those provided as customary trade practice, and with the following
minimums:

                                               Table 02910-3

              Minimum Coefficient of Retroreflectivity (RA) (Type III Sheeting)
                                         (cd/lx·m2)
                              (0.2° Div and - 4° incidence) *

                                            Minimum Coefficient         Minimum Coefficient
                Sheeting                   of Retroreflectivity (RA)   of Retroreflectivity (RA)
                 Color                            (7 Years)                   (10 Years)

                  White                              212                         200
                  Yellow                             144                         136
                  Green                               29                          28
                  Red                                 38                          36
                  Blue                                17                          16
                  Brown                                6                          5.5



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                       168
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

               * All measurements made after sign cleaning.

The Agency will date all signs at the time of application. That date constitutes the start of
the warranty period.

The Warranty shall recite that, where it can be shown that performance requirements of the
sheeting supplied and used according to the manufacturer's recommendations have not
been met, the manufacturer shall bear the following costs:

        During the first seven years, the manufacturer shall bear the cost of restoring the
         sign panel to its original effectiveness at no cost to the Agency, including removal
         and reinstallation if necessary.

        For the remaining three years, the manufacturer shall furnish replacement sheeting
         required to restore the sign panel to its original effectiveness.

02910.31 Retroreflective Sheeting (Wide-Angle, Prismatic) - Change the heading of
this subsection to: "Retroreflective Sheeting (Prismatic Lens)".

002910.31(f) Warranty - Replace this subsection with the following:

(f) Warranty - Furnish a manufacturer's warranty for reflective sheeting. The warranty
period shall be 12 years for Type "A" prismatic sheeting, and 10 years for Type "A"
fluorescent and Type "B" prismatic sheeting. The warranty period shall begin on the date of
fabrication of the sheeting. The retroreflective sheeting will be considered unsatisfactory if
it has deteriorated due to natural causes to the extent that:

    (1) The sign is ineffective for its intended purpose when viewed from a moving vehicle
    under normal day and night driving conditions by a driver with normal vision, or

    (2) The coefficient of retroreflectivity is less than:

            80% of initial specified coefficient of reflectivity after 7 years
            70% of initial specified coefficient of reflectivity after 10 (or 12) years

    Make all measurements after sign cleaning.

The Agency will date all signs at the time of application. That date constitutes the start of
the field performance obligation period.

Where it can be shown that performance requirements of the sheeting supplied and used
according to the manufacturer's recommendations have not been met, the manufacturer
shall bear the cost as follows:

    (1) Type "A" Prismatic Sheeting - For the first seven years, the manufacturer shall
    bear the cost of restoring the sign panel to its original effectiveness at no cost to the
    Agency for materials or labor, including removal and reinstallation, if necessary.

    For the remaining five years, the manufacturer shall furnish replacement sheeting
    required to restore the sign panel to its original effectiveness.



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                   169
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

    (2) Type "A" Fluorescent and "B" Prismatic Sheeting - For the first seven years, the
    manufacturer shall bear the cost of restoring the sign panel to its original effectiveness
    at no cost to the Agency for materials or labor, including removal and reinstallation, if
    necessary.

    For the remaining three years, the manufacturer shall furnish replacement sheeting
    required to restore the sign panel to its original effectiveness.

02910.32 Reflectorized Removable Legend - Change the heading of this subsection to:
"Retroreflective Removable Legend".

02910.32(b) Reflective Sheeting Legend - Change the heading of this subsection to:
"Retroreflective Sheeting Legend".

Replace the paragraph that begins "The white letters, numerals, symbols…", with the
following:

The silver-white or white letters, numerals, symbols and borders shall be of adhesive-
coated retroreflective sheeting permanently adhered to a flat aluminum frame. The white
retroreflective sheeting shall consist of wide-angle prismatic sheeting conforming to
02910.31. The silver-white retro-reflective sheeting shall consist of encapsulated lens
sheeting conforming to 02910.30.

02910.33(c)       Reflectorized Silver Cut-out Legend - Replace this subsection with the
following:

(c) Retroreflective Cut-out Legend - The material used for retroreflective cut-out legend
shall conform to the requirements of 02910.30 or 02910.31.


   SECTION 02920 - HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS


Comply with Section 02920 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
as follows:

Add the following subsection:

02920.02 Powder Coating - Powder coat materials according to the following:

(a) Galvanized Steel - After galvanizing light brush blast according to SSPC-SP-7 that
removes surface contaminants and provides a profile but does not destroy the integrity of
the galvanizing. Hand sand and debur as needed to remove rough areas. Pre heat
galvanized steel before powder coating to eliminate off gassing during curing.
Electrostatically apply and oven cure a TGIC Polyester powder according to manufacture
specifications to achieve a 50 micron minimum dry film thickness. The time from brush
blasting to curing shall take no longer than eight hours to reduce surface oxidation. Coated
galvanized steel shall have a salt spray resistance of 1,000 hours using ASTM B117
without loss of adhesion. Retap threads as required.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                 170
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

(b) Aluminum - Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP-1 followed by a light brush blast
according to SSPC-SP-7. Pre heat aluminum before powder coating to eliminate off
gassing during curing. Electrostatically apply and oven cure a TGIC Polyester powder
according to manufacture specifications to achieve a 50 micron minimum dry film thickness.
The time from solvent cleaning to curing shall take no longer than eight hours to reduce
surface contamination. Coated aluminum shall have a salt spray resistance of 1,000 hours
using ASTM B117 without loss of adhesion. Retap threads as required.

02920.12(c)       Condulets - Replace this subsection with the following:

02920.12(c) Condulets - Condulets shall be malleable iron conduit body hot dip
galvanized with cover and moistureproof gasket.

02920.13(c)       Concrete Junction Boxes - Replace the lead in paragraph with the
following:

(c) Concrete Junction Boxes - Concrete junction boxes shall be precast concrete, water
meter type. Covers shall be capable of withstanding a load of 6800 kg (15,000 pounds)
over a 250 mm by 250 mm (10 inch by 10 inch) square surface. Covers shall have a skid-
resistant surface, and bolt to the junction box with recessed stainless steel hex-head bolts.
All covers for concrete junction boxes shall be recessed.

02920.13(d) Polymer Concrete Junction Boxes - Add the following sentence to the end
of this subsection:

All covers for polymer concrete junction boxes shall be recessed.

Add the following subsection to 02920.13:

(e) Hybrid Junction Boxes - Hybrid junction boxes shall be polymer, fiberglass, or
polymer concrete. Materials shall be resistant to temperature extremes and ultraviolet light
exposure. Cover and boxes shall be capable of withstanding loads of 6800 kg
(15,000 pounds) over a 250 mm by 250 mm (10 inch by 10 inch) square surface. Covers
shall be skid-resistant, recessed, flush mounting style, and shall bolt to the box with
stainless steel bolts recessed in the cover. Hybrid junction boxes are approved for
nonvehicular traffic areas and acceptable substitute for concrete junction boxes.

02920.23(e)       Ground and Bond Wire - Remove the third sentence from this subsection.

02920.30 Wood Poles - Provide wood poles according to 00960.47 of these Special
Provisions.

The illumination pole drawings listed below, or the latest revisions of the drawings, have
been prequalified:

             Ameron Pole Products Division         Drg. OR7, Rev. C, 1/02
                                                   Drg. OR8, Rev. C, 1/02
                                                   Drg. OR9, Rev. E, 2/02

             Union Metal Corp.                     Drg. 71049-B18 sh 1, R3, 2/99
                                                   Drg. 71049-B18 sh 2, R3, 2/99


55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                171
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

                                                  Drg. 71049-B19 sh 1, R3, 2/99
                                                  Drg. 71049-B19 sh 2, R3, 2/99

             Northwest Signal Supply              Drg. NWS2285M, 9/00

             HW Metal Products                    Drg. HW2007, 8/02
                                                  Drg. HW2008, 8/02
                                                  Drg. HW2010, 8/02
                                                  Drg. HW2011, 8/02
                                                  Drg. HW2012, 8/02

             Valmont Industries Inc.              Drg. DB00386 sh 1-3, 3/12/03
                                                  Drg. DB00387 sh 1-2, 3/12/03

All illumination pole drawings regardless of prequalification status shall be submitted for the
review of the Engineer as specified in 00960.02.

Replace the paragraph that begins "Place a metal tag...", with the following:

Attach a stainless steel identifying tag to all poles. The tags shall be at least 1.5 mm
(1/16 inch) thick. Tag lettering shall be at least 6.4 mm (1/4 inch) in height, and be stamped
into the tag. Attach tags with stainless steel pop rivets of at least 4.76 mm (3/16 inch)
nominal body diameter. Do not locate pop rivet holes within 150 mm (6 inches) of welds.
Locate the pole tag approximately 600 mm (24 inches) below the top of the mast arm or
messenger cable attachment point. Locate the tag on the side of the pole furthest from the
intersection. Drill holes for pop rivets prior to hot-dip galvanizing. Remove excess hot-dip
galvanizing from holes and repair according to ASTM A780.

Tags shall include the following information if applicable:

        Manufacturer
        Month and year of manufacture
        Lum Arm Yield (MPa (ksi))
        Lum Arm thickness (mm (inch))
        Mast Arm Yield (MPa (ksi))
        Mast Arm thickness (mm (inch))
        Pole Yield (MPa (ksi))
        Pole thickness (mm (inch))
        Base Plate Yield (MPa (ksi))
        Anchor Rod Yield (MPa (ksi))

02920.40 General - Replace the first sentence of the paragraph that begins "Construct all
cabinets, except…", with "Construct all cabinets, except signal controller cabinets, from
2.7 mm (12 gage) Type 304 stainless steel, or 3.4 mm (10 gage) sheet steel and hot-dip
galvanize after fabrication according to 2530.70, or 3.2 mm (8 gage) 5052 - H32 powder-
coated aluminum."

In the first sentence of the paragraph that begins "All cabinets with live parts…", replace
"All" with "Power service".




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                  172
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

02920.41(a)       General - Remove the word "lighting" from this subsection.

02920.52 Ballast - Add the following:

        Underdeck Bridge Illuminaire - The ballast for the 70 watt high pressure sodium
         lamps shall be the lag-type regulator with primary and two secondary windings
         electrically isolated from each other.

         Maximum current draw not to exceed 0.2 amps for the 70 watt lamp. The ballast to
         operate on 480 volts.

        Architectural Opticone Luminaire - The ballast for the 70 watt high pressure
         sodium lamp shall be insolated two-winding, constant wattage, auto regulator
         (CWA) type.

         Maximum current draw not to exceed 0.5 amps for the 70 watt lamp. The ballast to
         operate on 240 volts.

02920.53 High-Intensity Discharge Type Luminaire - Add the following:

(c) Luminaire (Specific Requirements) - The following types of luminaires or equivalent
approved by the Engineer are required for this project:

              Luminaire                       Lamp Watts          Light          Photometric
              Description                      and Type        Distribution      Performance
          Underdeck Bridge                   70 watts high         Ⅴ                C-1.1
                 (C-1)                     pressure sodium
        Architectural Opticone               70 watt high    Asymmetrical (1)        C-1.2
                 (C-2)                     pressure sodium

(c-1) Underdeck Bridge Luminaire - The luminaire shall consist of cast aluminum
ballast housing, aluminum reflector painted white and enclosed Lexan polycarbonate
prismatic reflector. The luminaire shall bear a UL Lable “Suitable for Wet Locations”.

The external shape of the luminaire‟s reflector and refractor shall provide a circular “lip” that
is used in mounting luminaire retained by pawls on a steel ring in the bridge‟s soffit. See
plans for mounting details.

Seven (7) of the luminaires are to be provided with an internal aluminum shield. The shield
is to be permanently attached and orientation indicated on top of the ballast housing, see
plans.




55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                                     173
I-5 O'Xing: South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section
Grading, Structures, Paving, Signing and Illumination

(c-1.1) Performance of Underdeck Bridge Luminaire (Ⅴ) - When equipped with 6300
lumen lamp and set at a mounting height (MH) of 9.1 meters, each luminaire shall provide
the maximum initial lux on the pavement at the following points:

            Paint            Longitudinal   Transverse         Maximum
                               Spacing       Spacing             Lux
              A                  0.0            0.0              15.4
              B                  0.0            0.5              10.9
              C                  1.0            0.0              5.5
              D                  1.0            1.5              4.7
              E                  1.5            0.0              2.5
              F                  1.5            0.5              2.1
              G                  2.0            0.0              0.9
              H                  2.0            0.5              0.8

(c-2) Architectural Opticone Luminaire - The luminaire shall consist of a one-piece cast
aluminum pinched-cone housing, a round lens-frame assembly and a latch mechanically
assembled together. The luminaire is to be fully gasketed and shall bear a UL Lable
“Suitable for Wet Locations”.

The luminaire‟s cast-aluminum lens frame and tempered glass lens to be secured by 3
point spring-type cast latch with integrated hinge to permit tool-free access.

The color of luminaires shall be Federal Standard 595B color No. 36306 applied after a four
step process prior to painting.

(c-2.1) Performance of Architectural Opticone Asymmetrical (1) - When equipped with
6300 lumen lamp and set at a mounting height (MH) of 6.1 meters, each luminaire shall
provide the maximum initial lux on the pavement at the following points:

            Paint            Longitudinal   Transverse         Maximum
                               Spacing       Spacing             Lux
              A                  0.0            0.0              23.4
              B                  0.0            1.0              5.5
              C                  1.0            0.0              11.9
              D                  1.0            1.0              4.7
              E                  2.0            0.0              3.7
              F                  2.0            1.0              1.7
              G                  3.0            0.0              1.7
              H                  3.0            1.0              0.8




I-5 O'Xings South Umpqua River and OR99 (Shady) Section

                                            *****



55acbcb5-ff50-424f-ab38-a8337c0f9ea4.doc                                               174

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:4
posted:10/29/2011
language:English
pages:194